1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "common/format.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 #include "mi/mi-main.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 #include "common/array-view.h"
86 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
88 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
89 enum exception_event_kind
96 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
98 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
99 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
101 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
104 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
105 struct linespec_result *canonical,
106 enum bptype type_wanted);
108 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
109 struct linespec_result *,
110 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
111 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
113 enum bpdisp, int, int,
115 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
116 int, int, int, unsigned);
118 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
119 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
120 struct program_space *search_pspace);
122 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
123 (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals);
125 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
127 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
129 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
130 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
131 const struct symtab_and_line *);
133 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
135 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
136 struct symtab_and_line,
138 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
140 static struct breakpoint *
141 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
146 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
148 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
152 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
153 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
154 struct obj_section *, int);
156 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
157 struct bp_location *loc2);
159 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
160 const struct address_space *aspace,
163 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
164 const address_space *,
167 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
168 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
170 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
176 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
178 int *other_type_used);
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
183 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
184 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
185 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
187 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
189 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
190 insert locations now. */
191 enum ugll_insert_mode
193 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
194 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
195 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
196 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
197 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
198 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
199 returns true on them.
201 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
202 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
203 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
204 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
205 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
206 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
210 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
211 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
214 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
215 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
216 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
217 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
218 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
219 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
220 as no thread is running yet. */
224 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
226 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
228 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
230 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
232 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
234 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
236 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
238 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
240 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
243 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
245 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
246 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
247 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
250 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
253 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
254 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
256 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
258 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
260 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
261 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
263 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
264 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
266 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
267 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
268 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
269 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
270 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
271 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
273 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
274 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
275 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
276 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
282 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
284 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
285 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
286 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
287 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
289 static char *dprintf_function;
291 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
292 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
293 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
294 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
295 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
296 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
297 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
299 static char *dprintf_channel;
301 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
303 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
305 struct command_line *
306 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
308 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
311 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
312 current breakpoint. */
314 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
317 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
319 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
320 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
322 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
324 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
327 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
328 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
329 if such is available. */
330 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
333 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
334 struct cmd_list_element *c,
337 fprintf_filtered (file,
338 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
339 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
343 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
345 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
346 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
347 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
349 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
350 struct cmd_list_element *c,
353 fprintf_filtered (file,
354 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
355 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
359 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
360 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
361 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
362 use hardware breakpoints. */
363 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
365 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
366 struct cmd_list_element *c,
369 fprintf_filtered (file,
370 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
374 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
375 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
376 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
377 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
378 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
379 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
380 processing user input. */
381 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
384 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
387 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
391 /* See breakpoint.h. */
394 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
396 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
398 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
399 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
400 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
403 else if (target_has_execution)
405 if (always_inserted_mode)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 for (thread_info *tp : all_non_exited_threads ())
419 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto,
433 condition_evaluation_host,
434 condition_evaluation_target,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
453 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target;
458 return condition_evaluation_host;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 static std::vector<bp_location *> moribund_locations;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count;
579 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
580 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
581 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
589 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
593 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
604 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
612 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
613 breakpoint_count = num;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint *b;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num)
655 struct breakpoint *b;
658 if (b->number == num)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
672 struct bp_location *loc;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
685 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
686 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
707 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
715 struct cmd_list_element *c)
717 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
729 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode != old_mode)
738 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
760 loc->needs_update = 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
775 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
778 fprintf_filtered (file,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
795 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
796 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
798 if (a->address == b->address)
801 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location **
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
813 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
814 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc.address = address;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found == NULL)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
842 xfree (b->cond_string);
843 b->cond_string = NULL;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b))
847 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
849 w->cond_exp.reset ();
853 struct bp_location *loc;
855 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
872 const char *arg = exp;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
877 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b))
881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
884 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
886 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
887 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
891 struct bp_location *loc;
893 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
897 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
898 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
900 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
904 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
906 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
909 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
912 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
913 completion_tracker &tracker,
914 const char *text, const char *word)
918 text = skip_spaces (text);
919 space = skip_to_space (text);
923 struct breakpoint *b;
927 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
928 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
929 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
933 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
940 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
942 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
944 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> copy (xstrdup (number));
945 tracker.add_completion (std::move (copy));
952 /* We're completing the expression part. */
953 text = skip_spaces (space);
954 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
957 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
960 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
962 struct breakpoint *b;
967 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
970 bnum = get_number (&p);
972 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
975 if (b->number == bnum)
977 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
978 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
979 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
980 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
981 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
985 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
986 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
987 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
989 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
991 if (is_breakpoint (b))
992 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
997 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1000 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1001 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1002 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1005 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1007 struct command_line *c;
1009 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1011 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1012 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1013 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1015 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_0.get ());
1016 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_1.get ());
1018 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1019 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1020 command directly. */
1021 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1022 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1024 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1025 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1029 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1031 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1034 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1037 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1039 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1040 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1041 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1045 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1047 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1051 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1053 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1056 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1059 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1060 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1064 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1065 b = new tracepoint ();
1066 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1067 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1069 b = new breakpoint ();
1071 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1074 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1075 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1079 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1080 struct command_line *commands)
1082 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1084 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1085 struct command_line *c;
1086 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1088 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1089 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1093 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1094 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1095 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1096 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1097 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1098 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1099 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1100 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1101 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1102 tracepoint's context. */
1103 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1105 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1107 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1108 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1109 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1110 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1115 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1116 "can be used only once"));
1121 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1125 struct command_line *c2;
1127 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_list_1 == nullptr);
1128 c2 = while_stepping->body_list_0.get ();
1129 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1131 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1132 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1138 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1142 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1143 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1145 std::vector<breakpoint *>
1146 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1148 struct breakpoint *b;
1149 std::vector<breakpoint *> found;
1150 struct bp_location *loc;
1153 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1155 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1156 if (loc->address == addr)
1157 found.push_back (b);
1163 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1164 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1167 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1168 counted_command_line &&commands)
1170 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1172 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1173 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1176 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1177 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1181 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1183 int old_silent = b->silent;
1186 if (old_silent != silent)
1187 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1190 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1191 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1194 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1196 int old_thread = b->thread;
1199 if (old_thread != thread)
1200 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1203 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1204 breakpoint work for any task. */
1207 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1209 int old_task = b->task;
1212 if (old_task != task)
1213 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1217 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1218 struct command_line *control)
1220 counted_command_line cmd;
1221 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1222 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1223 list of command by just typing "end". */
1224 bool cmd_read = false;
1226 std::string new_arg;
1228 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1230 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1231 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1233 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1234 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1235 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1238 map_breakpoint_numbers
1239 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1243 gdb_assert (cmd == NULL);
1244 if (control != NULL)
1245 cmd = control->body_list_0;
1249 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1250 "%s, one per line."),
1253 auto do_validate = [=] (const char *line)
1255 validate_actionline (line, b);
1257 gdb::function_view<void (const char *)> validator;
1258 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1259 validator = do_validate;
1261 cmd = read_command_lines (str.c_str (), from_tty, 1, validator);
1266 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1268 if (b->commands != cmd)
1270 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1272 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1278 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1280 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1283 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1284 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1286 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1287 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1288 enum command_control_type
1289 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1291 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1292 return simple_control;
1295 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1298 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1300 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1304 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1305 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1310 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1311 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1314 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1315 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1316 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1319 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1320 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1321 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1322 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1323 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1325 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1326 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1330 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1331 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1333 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1337 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1339 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1340 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1342 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1344 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1349 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1351 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1356 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1357 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1359 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1360 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1361 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1365 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1367 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1368 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1371 if (readbuf != NULL)
1373 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1374 shadow_contents buffer. */
1375 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1376 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1377 + target_info->shadow_len));
1379 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1381 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1382 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1386 const unsigned char *bp;
1387 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1390 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1391 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1392 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1394 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1396 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1398 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1399 breakpoint's INSN. */
1400 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1404 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1405 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1407 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1408 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1409 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1411 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1412 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1413 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1414 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1415 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1416 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1417 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1418 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1420 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1423 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1424 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1425 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1427 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1429 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1431 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1432 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1433 report higher one. */
1436 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1437 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1439 struct bp_location *bl;
1441 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1442 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1444 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1445 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1446 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1447 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1449 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1450 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1451 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1453 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1455 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1462 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1463 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1464 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1465 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1466 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1469 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1471 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1472 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1473 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1476 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1479 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1481 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1483 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1485 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1486 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1487 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1490 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1493 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1494 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1495 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1498 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1501 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1502 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1508 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1512 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1514 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1515 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1516 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1519 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1522 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1524 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1525 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1526 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1529 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1533 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1535 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1536 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1539 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1540 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1541 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1542 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1543 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1544 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1545 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1546 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1549 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1551 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1552 && (b->watchpoint_thread == null_ptid
1553 || (inferior_ptid == b->watchpoint_thread
1554 && !inferior_thread ()->executing)));
1557 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1558 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1561 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1563 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1565 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1566 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1567 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1568 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1569 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1571 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1574 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1577 static struct value *
1578 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1580 struct value *bit_val;
1585 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1587 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1590 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1597 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1598 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1599 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1600 to be able to report stops. */
1603 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1604 struct program_space *pspace)
1606 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1608 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1609 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1610 b->loc->address = -1;
1611 b->loc->length = -1;
1614 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1615 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1618 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1620 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1622 && b->loc->next == NULL
1623 && b->loc->address == -1
1624 && b->loc->length == -1);
1627 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1628 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1629 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1630 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1632 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1634 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1635 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1638 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1639 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1640 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1641 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1642 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1643 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1644 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1645 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1647 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1648 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1649 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1650 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1651 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1652 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1653 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1654 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1657 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1658 hardware watchpoints:
1660 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1661 called several times when GDB stops.
1664 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1665 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1666 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1667 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1668 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1669 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1670 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1671 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1672 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1673 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1674 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1676 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1677 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1680 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1682 int within_current_scope;
1683 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1686 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1687 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1688 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1689 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1692 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1697 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1698 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1699 within_current_scope = 1;
1702 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1703 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1704 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1706 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1707 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1708 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1709 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1710 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1713 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1714 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1715 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1716 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1719 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1721 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1722 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1723 if (within_current_scope)
1727 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1728 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1729 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1732 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1737 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1738 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1739 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1740 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1741 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1742 be completely different objects. */
1746 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1747 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1748 locations (re)created below. */
1749 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1751 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1754 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1758 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1759 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1760 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1761 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1762 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1763 if (!target_has_execution)
1765 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1766 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1767 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1768 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1770 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1771 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1773 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1774 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1777 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1780 std::vector<value_ref_ptr> val_chain;
1781 struct value *v, *result;
1782 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1784 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1786 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1787 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1788 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1789 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1790 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1792 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1794 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1795 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1796 b->val = release_value (v);
1800 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1802 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1803 gdb_assert (!val_chain.empty ());
1804 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : val_chain)
1808 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1809 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1810 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1811 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1812 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1813 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1814 && (v == val_chain[0] || ! value_lazy (v)))
1816 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1818 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1819 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1820 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1822 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1823 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1826 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1827 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1828 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1830 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1832 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1834 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1835 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1837 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1839 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1840 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1841 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1842 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1843 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1846 addr = value_address (v);
1849 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1854 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1856 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1859 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1860 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1863 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1865 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1866 loc->address = address_significant (loc->gdbarch, addr);
1870 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1871 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1874 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1876 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1881 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1882 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1883 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1888 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1889 struct bp_location *bl;
1891 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1895 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1898 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1899 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1900 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1902 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1903 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1904 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1905 this watchpoint in as well. */
1907 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1908 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1909 hardware watchpoint type. */
1911 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1912 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1914 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1915 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1916 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1917 through watch_command), so always account for it
1920 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1921 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1923 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1924 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1927 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1928 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1930 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1932 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1934 "hardware watchpoint."));
1935 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1936 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1937 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1939 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1940 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1944 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1945 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1946 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1951 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1953 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1954 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1955 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1957 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1958 "read/access watchpoint."));
1961 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1963 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1964 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1965 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1966 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1969 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1970 above left it without any location set up. But,
1971 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1972 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1973 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1974 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1976 else if (!within_current_scope)
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1999 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2002 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2005 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2022 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2023 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2024 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2026 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2027 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2028 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2030 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2031 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2032 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2033 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2034 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2035 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2036 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2037 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2038 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2042 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2043 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2044 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2045 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2050 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2051 instruction that triggered one. */
2052 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2053 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2057 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2058 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2059 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2060 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2069 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2070 that the location is not duplicated. */
2073 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2076 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2079 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2080 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2084 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2085 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2086 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2087 any error during parsing. */
2089 static agent_expr_up
2090 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2095 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2097 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2098 that may show up. */
2101 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2104 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2106 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2107 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2108 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2112 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2116 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2117 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2118 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2119 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2120 one of them is true. */
2123 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2125 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2126 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2127 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2128 struct bp_location *loc;
2130 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2131 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2133 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2134 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2135 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2137 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2138 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2141 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2142 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2143 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2144 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2145 response back to GDB. */
2146 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2149 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2153 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2154 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2155 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2156 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2157 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2161 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2162 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2163 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2165 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2171 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2172 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2173 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2175 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2176 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2177 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2179 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2182 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2184 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2186 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2189 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2194 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2195 for this location's address. */
2196 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2200 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2201 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2202 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2205 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2206 to send the conditions to the target. */
2207 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2214 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2215 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2216 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2218 static agent_expr_up
2219 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2221 const char *cmdrest;
2222 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2223 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2230 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2232 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2234 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2235 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2237 format_start = cmdrest;
2239 format_pieces fpieces (&cmdrest);
2241 format_end = cmdrest;
2243 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2244 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2246 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2248 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2249 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2251 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2253 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2255 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2257 std::vector<struct expression *> argvec;
2258 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2263 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2264 argvec.push_back (expr.release ());
2266 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2270 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2272 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2273 that may show up. */
2276 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2277 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2278 argvec.size (), argvec.data ());
2280 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2282 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2283 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2284 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2288 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2292 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2293 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2294 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2297 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2299 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2300 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2301 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2302 struct bp_location *loc;
2304 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2305 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2307 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2310 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2311 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2314 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2315 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2316 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2318 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2321 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2322 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2323 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2327 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2328 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2329 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2330 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2331 response back to GDB. */
2332 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2335 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2339 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2340 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2341 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2342 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2344 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2345 loc->owner->extra_string);
2348 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2349 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2350 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2352 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2358 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2360 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2365 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2366 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2368 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2370 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2373 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2378 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2379 for this location's address. */
2380 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2383 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2384 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2385 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2386 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2389 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2390 to send the commands to the target. */
2391 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2395 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2396 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2397 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2398 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2401 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2402 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2403 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2407 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2409 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2411 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2412 struct regcache *regcache;
2414 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr);
2416 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2420 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2423 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2424 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2425 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2426 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2429 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2430 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2432 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2433 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2434 int *disabled_breaks,
2435 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2436 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2438 gdb_exception bp_excpt = exception_none;
2440 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2443 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2444 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2445 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2446 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2447 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2448 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2449 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2450 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2451 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2452 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2453 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2454 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2456 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2457 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2458 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2459 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2461 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2463 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2464 build_target_command_list (bl);
2465 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2466 bl->needs_update = 0;
2469 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2470 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2472 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2474 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2475 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2476 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2478 Two important cases are:
2479 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2480 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2481 hardware breakpoint.
2482 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2483 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2484 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2487 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2488 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2489 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2490 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2492 struct mem_region *mr
2493 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2497 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2499 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2501 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2502 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2504 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2506 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2508 static int said = 0;
2510 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2513 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2514 _("Note: automatically using "
2515 "hardware breakpoints for "
2516 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2521 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2522 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2524 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2525 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2526 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2527 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2529 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2535 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2536 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2537 || bl->section == NULL
2538 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2540 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2545 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2547 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2549 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2557 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2558 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2559 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2561 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2562 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2563 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2564 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2565 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2569 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2571 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2572 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2573 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2575 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2580 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2581 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2582 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2583 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2584 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2587 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2589 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2595 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2596 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2597 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2598 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2602 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2603 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2605 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2610 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2612 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2614 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2622 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2623 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2628 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2630 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2632 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2633 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2634 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2635 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2636 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2637 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2638 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2639 errors as memory errors. */
2640 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2641 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2642 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2643 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2644 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2645 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2648 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2649 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2650 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
2651 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2654 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2657 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2658 "library breakpoints:\n");
2660 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2662 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2667 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2669 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2670 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2671 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2672 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2674 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2675 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2681 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2684 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2685 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2687 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2688 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2690 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2710 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2711 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2712 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2713 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2717 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2718 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2720 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2722 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2723 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2724 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2726 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2728 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2729 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2731 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2733 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2734 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2738 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2739 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2746 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2747 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2750 /* Back to the original value. */
2751 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2755 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2758 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2762 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2763 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2765 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2768 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2772 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2773 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2775 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2778 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2780 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2781 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2782 so just return success. */
2789 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2790 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2794 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2796 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2797 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2799 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2802 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2803 delete_breakpoint (b);
2806 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2807 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2808 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2810 struct bp_location *tmp;
2812 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2814 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2815 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2816 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2818 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2819 if (tmp->next == loc)
2821 tmp->next = loc->next;
2827 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2828 removed locations above. */
2829 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2832 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2833 Throws exception on any error.
2834 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2835 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2837 insert_breakpoints (void)
2839 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2841 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2842 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2844 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2846 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2849 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2850 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2851 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2852 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2855 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2858 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2860 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2862 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2864 callback (loc, NULL);
2868 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2869 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2870 always-inserted mode. */
2873 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2875 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2878 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2879 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2880 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2882 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2884 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2885 there was an error. */
2886 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2888 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2892 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2894 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2897 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2898 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2899 deletion of breakpoints. */
2900 if (!bl->inserted || !bl->needs_update)
2903 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2905 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2906 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2907 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2908 insert breakpoints. */
2909 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2910 && inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
2913 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2914 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2921 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2922 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2926 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2929 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2931 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2932 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2935 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2936 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2937 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2939 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2941 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2942 there was an error. */
2943 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2945 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2949 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2952 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2953 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2954 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2955 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2956 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2959 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2961 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2962 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2963 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2964 insert breakpoints. */
2965 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2966 && inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
2969 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2970 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2975 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2976 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2979 int some_failed = 0;
2980 struct bp_location *loc;
2982 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2985 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2988 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2991 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2992 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2999 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3001 remove_breakpoint (loc);
3003 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3004 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
3005 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3013 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3014 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3015 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3017 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3018 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3020 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3021 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3025 /* Used when the program stops.
3026 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3027 removing a breakpoint location. */
3030 remove_breakpoints (void)
3032 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3035 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3037 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3038 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3043 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3047 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3049 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3053 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3055 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3057 printf_filtered (_("\
3058 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3059 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3061 /* Hide it from the user. */
3067 /* Remove breakpoints of inferior INF. */
3070 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior *inf)
3072 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3075 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3077 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3080 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3082 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3090 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3092 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3093 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3094 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3095 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3096 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3097 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3099 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3102 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3105 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3106 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3110 static struct breakpoint *
3111 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3112 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3113 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3115 symtab_and_line sal;
3117 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3118 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3120 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3121 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3122 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3127 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3129 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3131 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3133 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3136 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3137 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3139 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3140 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3142 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3143 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3145 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3147 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3149 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3150 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3152 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3153 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3155 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3156 int exception_searched = 0;
3158 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3160 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3163 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3165 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3166 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3168 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3171 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3173 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3176 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3177 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3179 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3180 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3182 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3184 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3185 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3186 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3188 bp_objfile_data = new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3189 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3191 return bp_objfile_data;
3195 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3197 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3198 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3200 delete bp_objfile_data;
3204 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3206 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3208 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3210 struct breakpoint *b;
3211 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3213 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3215 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3217 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3220 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3222 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3224 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3225 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3227 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3228 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3231 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3234 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3235 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3237 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3238 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3239 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3240 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3242 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3244 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3245 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3249 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3250 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3256 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3258 struct program_space *pspace;
3260 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3262 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3264 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3266 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3269 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3270 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3272 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3274 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3276 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3278 std::vector<probe *> ret
3279 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3283 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3286 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3288 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3289 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3293 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3294 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3297 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3299 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3301 struct breakpoint *b;
3303 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3304 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3306 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3307 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3308 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3314 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3317 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3319 struct breakpoint *b;
3320 const char *func_name;
3322 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3324 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3327 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3328 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3332 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3333 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3335 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3336 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3339 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3342 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3343 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3344 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3345 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3346 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3347 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3348 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3354 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3356 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3358 struct program_space *pspace;
3359 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3361 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3363 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3367 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3369 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3371 struct breakpoint *b;
3372 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3373 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3375 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3377 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3380 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3382 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3384 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3385 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3386 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3388 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3389 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3392 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3395 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3396 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3397 bp_std_terminate_master,
3398 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3399 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3400 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3401 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3402 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3407 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3410 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3412 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3414 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3416 struct breakpoint *b;
3417 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3418 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3420 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3422 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3424 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3425 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3427 std::vector<probe *> ret
3428 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3432 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3435 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3437 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3438 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3442 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3443 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3446 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3448 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3450 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3452 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3453 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3454 bp_exception_master,
3455 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3456 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3457 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3463 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3465 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3468 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3470 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3472 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3474 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3475 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3477 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3481 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3484 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3485 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3486 current_top_target ());
3487 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3488 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3489 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3490 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3491 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3492 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3496 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3499 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3501 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3505 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3507 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3508 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3510 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3511 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3512 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3513 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3514 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3515 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3516 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3517 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3518 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3519 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3520 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3522 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3524 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3527 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3528 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3530 delete_breakpoint (b);
3534 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3535 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3537 delete_breakpoint (b);
3541 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3542 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3543 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3544 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3545 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3547 delete_breakpoint (b);
3551 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3552 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3554 delete_breakpoint (b);
3558 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3559 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3561 delete_breakpoint (b);
3565 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3567 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3568 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3569 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3571 delete_breakpoint (b);
3575 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3577 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3578 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3579 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3580 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3584 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3585 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3586 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3587 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3588 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3589 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3591 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3592 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3593 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3594 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3595 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3596 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3597 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3599 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3600 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3601 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3602 let finish_command delete it.
3604 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3605 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3606 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3607 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3608 solib breakpoints.) */
3610 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3615 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3616 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3618 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3620 delete_breakpoint (b);
3627 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3629 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3631 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3632 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3634 if (ptid.pid () == inferior_ptid.pid ())
3635 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3637 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3638 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3639 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3641 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3644 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3645 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3646 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3647 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3648 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3649 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3650 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3654 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3660 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3661 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3662 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3663 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3664 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3667 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3671 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3672 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3674 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3675 This should not ever happen. */
3676 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3678 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3679 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3681 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3682 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3683 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3685 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3686 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3687 || bl->section == NULL
3688 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3690 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3692 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3693 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3694 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3695 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3696 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3697 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3698 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3699 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3700 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3701 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3702 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3703 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3704 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3705 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3706 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3707 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3708 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3709 they should always be removed. */
3710 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3711 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3712 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3715 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3719 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3720 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3721 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3723 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3724 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3726 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3727 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3728 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3729 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3730 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3732 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3733 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3736 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3737 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3740 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3741 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3742 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3743 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3745 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3746 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3747 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3748 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3749 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3750 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3756 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3761 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3762 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3763 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3764 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3765 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3766 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3767 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3768 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3769 always-inserted mode. */
3771 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3772 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3773 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3774 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3780 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3782 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3785 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3787 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3788 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3790 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3791 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3792 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3795 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3796 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3799 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3800 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3802 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3806 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3813 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3815 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3816 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3818 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3819 This should not ever happen. */
3820 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3822 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3824 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3826 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3829 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3832 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3834 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3837 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3841 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3842 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3844 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3847 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3848 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3849 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3854 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3856 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3857 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3859 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3861 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3864 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3868 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3874 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3876 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3877 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3880 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3882 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3884 case bp_shlib_event:
3886 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3887 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3888 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3889 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3890 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3892 (gdb) file prog-linux
3893 (gdb) run # native linux target
3896 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3897 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3900 case bp_step_resume:
3902 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3904 case bp_single_step:
3906 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3908 delete_breakpoint (b);
3912 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3913 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3914 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3916 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3918 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3919 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3920 delete_breakpoint (b);
3923 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3924 valid. New ones will be created in
3925 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3926 The next update_global_location_list call will
3927 garbage collect them. */
3930 if (context == inf_starting)
3932 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3933 insert_breakpoints. */
3934 w->val.reset (nullptr);
3945 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3946 for (bp_location *bl : moribund_locations)
3947 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3948 moribund_locations.clear ();
3951 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3952 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3953 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3954 match, not program space. */
3956 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3957 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3958 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3959 permanent breakpoint.
3960 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3961 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3962 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3963 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3964 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3966 enum breakpoint_here
3967 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3969 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3970 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3974 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3975 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3978 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3979 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3981 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3983 if (overlay_debugging
3984 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3985 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3986 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3987 else if (bl->permanent)
3988 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3990 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3994 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
3997 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4000 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
4001 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4003 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4007 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4008 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4011 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4013 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4016 if (overlay_debugging
4017 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4018 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4020 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4031 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4034 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4036 for (bp_location *loc : moribund_locations)
4037 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4043 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4047 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4048 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4051 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4054 if (overlay_debugging
4055 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4056 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4057 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4064 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4067 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4069 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4073 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4075 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4076 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4079 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4085 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4089 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4092 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4094 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4096 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4098 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4101 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4108 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4111 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4114 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4116 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4118 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4120 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4123 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4131 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4132 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4134 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4138 struct bp_location *loc;
4140 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4141 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4144 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4147 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4148 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4152 /* Check for intersection. */
4153 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4154 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4163 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4167 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4169 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4172 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4175 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4177 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4178 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4181 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4182 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4185 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4202 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4204 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4205 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4206 commands (other.commands),
4207 print (other.print),
4209 print_it (other.print_it)
4211 if (other.old_val != NULL)
4212 old_val = release_value (value_copy (other.old_val.get ()));
4213 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4216 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4217 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4220 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4224 bpstat retval = NULL;
4229 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4231 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4234 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4244 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4247 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4252 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4254 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4260 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4263 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4265 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4267 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4269 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4271 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4276 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4285 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4286 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4287 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4288 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4290 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4291 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4293 Return 1 otherwise. */
4296 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4298 struct breakpoint *b;
4301 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4303 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4304 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4305 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4306 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4307 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4309 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4311 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4315 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4318 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4322 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
4325 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4326 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4328 bs->commands = NULL;
4329 bs->old_val.reset (nullptr);
4333 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4336 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4338 if (inferior_ptid != null_ptid)
4340 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4342 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4343 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4344 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4345 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4346 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4350 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4353 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4354 or its equivalent. */
4357 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4359 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4362 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4363 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4364 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4365 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4367 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4368 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4369 bpstat of the current thread. */
4372 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4377 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4379 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4382 scoped_restore save_executing
4383 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4385 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4387 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4390 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4391 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4393 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4395 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4397 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4398 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4399 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4400 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4401 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4402 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4403 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4404 the tree when we're done. */
4405 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4406 bs->commands = NULL;
4409 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4411 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4417 execute_control_command (cmd);
4419 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4425 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4427 if (current_ui->async)
4428 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4429 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4430 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4433 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4434 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4435 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4436 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4437 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4438 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4439 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4440 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4441 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4442 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4443 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4444 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4445 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4453 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4454 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4456 static thread_info *
4457 get_bpstat_thread ()
4459 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid || !target_has_execution)
4462 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4463 if (tp->state == THREAD_EXITED || tp->executing)
4469 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4471 auto cleanup_if_error = make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions);
4474 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4475 while ((tp = get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL)
4477 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4478 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4479 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4480 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4481 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp->control.stop_bpstat))
4485 cleanup_if_error.release ();
4488 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4491 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4494 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4497 struct value_print_options opts;
4498 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4499 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4503 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4504 debugging multiple threads. */
4507 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4509 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4514 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4517 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4519 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4520 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4522 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4525 uiout->text (" \"");
4526 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4530 uiout->text (" hit ");
4534 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4535 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4536 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4537 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4540 static enum print_stop_action
4541 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4543 switch (bs->print_it)
4546 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4547 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4551 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4552 relevant messages. */
4553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4556 case print_it_normal:
4558 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4560 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4561 which has since been deleted. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4565 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4566 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4571 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4572 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4577 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4580 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4582 bool any_deleted = !current_program_space->deleted_solibs.empty ();
4583 bool any_added = !current_program_space->added_solibs.empty ();
4587 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4588 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4590 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4591 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4594 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4595 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4596 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4600 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4601 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4602 for (int ix = 0; ix < current_program_space->deleted_solibs.size (); ix++)
4604 const std::string &name = current_program_space->deleted_solibs[ix];
4607 current_uiout->text (" ");
4608 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4609 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4615 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4616 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4618 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
4621 current_uiout->text (" ");
4623 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4624 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4629 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4630 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4631 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4632 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4633 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4634 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4635 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4638 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4639 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4640 code to print the location. An example is
4641 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4643 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4644 to also print the location part of the message.
4645 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4646 don't require a location appended to the end.
4647 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4648 further info to be printed. */
4650 enum print_stop_action
4651 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4653 enum print_stop_action val;
4655 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4656 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4657 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4658 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4659 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4661 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4662 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4663 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4664 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4668 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4669 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4670 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4671 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4673 print_solib_event (0);
4674 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4677 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4678 with and nothing was printed. */
4679 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4682 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4685 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4687 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4688 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4690 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4694 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4696 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4698 bp_location_at (bl),
4699 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4703 print_it (print_it_normal)
4705 incref_bp_location (bl);
4706 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4707 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4712 bp_location_at (NULL),
4713 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4717 print_it (print_it_normal)
4721 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4722 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4725 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4727 bool stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4729 struct breakpoint *b;
4731 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4733 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4734 as not triggered. */
4736 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4738 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4740 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4746 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr))
4748 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4749 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4751 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4753 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4755 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4761 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4762 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4766 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4768 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4769 struct bp_location *loc;
4771 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4772 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4774 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4776 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4777 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4779 if (newaddr == start)
4781 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4785 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4786 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4790 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4799 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4800 enum wp_check_result
4802 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4805 /* The value has changed. */
4806 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4808 /* The value has not changed. */
4809 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4811 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4815 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4816 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4818 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4821 static wp_check_result
4822 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4824 struct watchpoint *b;
4825 struct frame_info *fr;
4826 int within_current_scope;
4828 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4829 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4830 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4832 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4833 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4834 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4835 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4838 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4839 within_current_scope = 1;
4842 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4843 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4844 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4846 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4847 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4848 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4849 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4850 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4851 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4852 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4853 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4854 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4855 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4858 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4859 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4861 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4862 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4863 if (within_current_scope)
4865 struct symbol *function;
4867 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4868 if (function == NULL
4869 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4870 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4871 within_current_scope = 0;
4874 if (within_current_scope)
4875 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4876 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4881 if (within_current_scope)
4883 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4884 time before we return to the command level and call
4885 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4886 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4890 struct value *new_val;
4892 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4893 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4894 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4895 a mask watchpoint. */
4896 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4898 mark = value_mark ();
4899 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4901 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4902 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4904 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4905 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4906 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4907 not what we want. */
4908 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4909 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val.get (),
4912 bs->old_val = b->val;
4913 b->val = release_value (new_val);
4915 if (new_val != NULL)
4916 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4917 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4921 /* Nothing changed. */
4922 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4923 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4928 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4929 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4930 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4931 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4932 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4933 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4934 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4935 the first value assigned). */
4936 /* We print all the stop information in
4937 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4938 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4939 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4942 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4944 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4946 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4948 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4949 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4950 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
4951 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4952 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4955 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4957 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4963 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4964 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4965 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4968 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4969 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4970 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4972 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4974 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4975 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4977 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4980 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4981 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4984 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4986 const struct bp_location *bl;
4987 struct watchpoint *b;
4989 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4990 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4991 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4992 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4993 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4996 int must_check_value = 0;
4998 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4999 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5001 must_check_value = 1;
5002 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5003 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5004 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5006 must_check_value = 1;
5007 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5008 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5009 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5010 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5011 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5012 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5013 must_check_value = 1;
5015 if (must_check_value)
5021 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
5023 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5025 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5026 "Error evaluating expression "
5027 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5030 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5032 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5035 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5043 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5044 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5048 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5051 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5052 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5054 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5056 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5057 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5058 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5059 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5060 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5061 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5062 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5065 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5066 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5069 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5070 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5071 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5072 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5074 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5075 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5076 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5079 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5080 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5081 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5082 changes. This still gives false positives when
5083 the program writes the same value to memory as
5084 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5085 it for a read), but it's much better than
5088 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5090 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5092 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5095 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5096 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5098 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5099 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5101 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5102 == watch_triggered_yes)
5104 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5110 if (other_write_watchpoint
5111 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5113 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5114 and the value changed since the last time we
5115 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5117 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5122 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5123 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5124 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5126 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5127 the value hasn't changed. */
5128 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5138 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5140 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5141 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5142 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5143 anything for this watchpoint. */
5144 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5150 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5151 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5152 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5153 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5156 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, thread_info *thread)
5158 const struct bp_location *bl;
5159 struct breakpoint *b;
5161 bool condition_result = true;
5162 struct expression *cond;
5164 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5166 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5167 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5168 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5169 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5170 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5172 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5173 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5174 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5176 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5177 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5183 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5184 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5186 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread->global_num)
5187 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (thread)))
5193 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5195 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5197 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5199 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5201 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5204 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5206 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5208 int within_current_scope = 1;
5209 struct watchpoint * w;
5211 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5212 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5213 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5214 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5216 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5218 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5219 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5223 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5224 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5225 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5226 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5227 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5229 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5230 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5233 struct frame_info *frame;
5235 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5236 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5237 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5238 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5239 really matter which instantiation of the function
5240 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5241 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5242 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5243 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5244 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5245 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5246 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5247 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5249 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5251 select_frame (frame);
5253 within_current_scope = 0;
5255 if (within_current_scope)
5259 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5261 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5263 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5264 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5270 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5271 "in the current scope"));
5272 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5273 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5275 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5276 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5279 if (cond && !condition_result)
5283 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5287 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5289 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5293 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5294 on the current target. */
5297 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5299 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5300 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5301 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5302 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5305 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5308 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5309 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5311 struct breakpoint *b;
5312 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5316 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5319 for (bp_location *bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5321 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5322 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5323 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5324 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5325 checked all locations already. */
5326 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5329 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5332 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5335 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5338 bpstat bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5341 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5342 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5343 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5347 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5348 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5349 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5351 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5353 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5355 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5360 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5361 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5362 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5364 for (bp_location *loc : moribund_locations)
5366 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5367 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5369 bpstat bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5370 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5373 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5381 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5384 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5385 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, thread_info *thread,
5386 const struct target_waitstatus *ws,
5389 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5390 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5391 bpstat bs_head = stop_chain;
5393 int need_remove_insert;
5396 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5397 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5398 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5399 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5400 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5401 inferior function calls. */
5402 if (bs_head == NULL)
5403 bs_head = build_bpstat_chain (aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5405 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5406 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5407 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5409 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5411 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5413 handle_solib_event ();
5418 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5419 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5420 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5424 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5429 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5430 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5433 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, thread);
5438 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5440 /* We will stop here. */
5441 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5443 --(b->enable_count);
5444 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5445 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5450 bs->commands = b->commands;
5451 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5452 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5455 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5460 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5462 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5463 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5466 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5467 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5468 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5470 need_remove_insert = 0;
5471 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5472 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5474 && bs->breakpoint_at
5475 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5477 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5479 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5480 need_remove_insert = 1;
5483 if (need_remove_insert)
5484 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5485 else if (removed_any)
5486 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5492 handle_jit_event (void)
5494 struct frame_info *frame;
5495 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5498 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5500 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5501 breakpoint_re_set. */
5502 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5504 frame = get_current_frame ();
5505 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5507 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5509 target_terminal::inferior ();
5512 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5514 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5517 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5519 struct bpstat_what retval;
5522 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5523 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5524 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5526 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5528 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5529 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5530 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5533 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5535 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5536 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5540 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5547 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5548 case bp_single_step:
5551 case bp_shlib_event:
5555 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5557 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5560 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5563 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5564 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5565 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5571 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5575 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5576 This requires no further action. */
5580 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5584 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5585 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5588 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5590 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5591 case bp_exception_resume:
5594 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5595 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5598 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5600 case bp_step_resume:
5602 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5605 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5606 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5609 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5611 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5614 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5615 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5618 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5619 case bp_thread_event:
5620 case bp_overlay_event:
5621 case bp_longjmp_master:
5622 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5623 case bp_exception_master:
5624 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5630 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5632 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5636 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5637 This requires no further action. */
5641 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5644 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5645 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5646 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5647 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5649 case bp_std_terminate:
5650 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5651 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5652 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5653 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5656 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5657 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5658 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5659 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5661 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5662 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5664 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5665 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5666 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5668 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5669 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5670 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5671 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5676 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5678 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5682 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5683 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5686 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5693 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5697 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5699 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5706 handle_jit_event ();
5708 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5709 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5711 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5712 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5718 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5719 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5720 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5723 bpstat_should_step (void)
5725 struct breakpoint *b;
5728 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5734 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5736 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5745 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5746 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5747 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5750 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5752 static char wrap_indent[80];
5753 int i, total_width, width, align;
5757 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5759 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5761 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5762 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5763 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5768 total_width += width + 1;
5774 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5775 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5777 "host": Host evals condition.
5778 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5779 "target": Target evals condition.
5783 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5785 struct bp_location *bl;
5786 char host_evals = 0;
5787 char target_evals = 0;
5792 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5795 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5796 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5797 return condition_evaluation_host;
5799 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5801 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5807 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5808 return condition_evaluation_both;
5809 else if (target_evals)
5810 return condition_evaluation_target;
5812 return condition_evaluation_host;
5815 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5816 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5819 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5821 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5824 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5825 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5826 return condition_evaluation_host;
5828 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5829 return condition_evaluation_target;
5831 return condition_evaluation_host;
5834 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5837 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5838 struct bp_location *loc)
5840 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5842 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5844 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5848 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5850 if (b->display_canonical)
5851 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5852 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5854 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5858 uiout->text ("in ");
5859 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym),
5860 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION);
5862 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5863 uiout->text ("at ");
5865 uiout->field_string ("file",
5866 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab),
5867 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5870 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5871 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5873 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5879 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5881 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5885 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5886 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5887 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5888 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5889 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5890 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5892 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5896 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5900 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5901 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5902 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5905 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5906 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5912 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5914 struct ep_type_description
5917 const char *description;
5919 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5921 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5922 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5923 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5924 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5925 {bp_until, "until"},
5926 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5927 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5928 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5929 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5930 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5931 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5932 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5933 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5934 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5935 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5936 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5937 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5938 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5939 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5940 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5941 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5942 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5943 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5944 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5945 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5946 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5947 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5948 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5949 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5950 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5951 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5952 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5953 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5954 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5957 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5958 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5959 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5960 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5963 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5966 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5967 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5970 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5971 const char *field_name,
5972 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
5975 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
5977 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5978 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5979 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5982 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
5984 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
5990 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
5991 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
5996 uiout->text (" inf ");
6000 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
6005 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6008 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6009 struct bp_location *loc,
6011 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6014 struct command_line *l;
6015 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6017 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6018 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6019 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6020 struct value_print_options opts;
6022 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6024 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6025 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6026 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6029 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6030 header_of_multiple = 1;
6038 if (part_of_multiple)
6039 uiout->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6041 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6045 if (part_of_multiple)
6046 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6048 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6052 if (part_of_multiple)
6053 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6055 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6059 if (part_of_multiple)
6060 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6062 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6065 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6067 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6068 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6069 make sure there's just one location. */
6070 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6071 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6077 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6078 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6082 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6083 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6084 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6086 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6088 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6089 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6090 is relatively readable). */
6091 if (opts.addressprint)
6092 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6094 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6099 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6100 case bp_single_step:
6104 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6105 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6107 case bp_exception_resume:
6108 case bp_step_resume:
6109 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6110 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6112 case bp_std_terminate:
6113 case bp_shlib_event:
6114 case bp_thread_event:
6115 case bp_overlay_event:
6116 case bp_longjmp_master:
6117 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6118 case bp_exception_master:
6120 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6121 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6124 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6125 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6126 if (opts.addressprint)
6129 if (header_of_multiple)
6130 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6131 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6132 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6134 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6135 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6138 if (!header_of_multiple)
6139 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6146 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6148 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6151 for (inferior *inf : all_inferiors ())
6153 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6154 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6157 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6158 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6160 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6161 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6162 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6163 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6164 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6165 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6167 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6170 if (!part_of_multiple)
6172 if (b->thread != -1)
6174 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6175 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6176 uiout->text (" thread ");
6177 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6179 else if (b->task != 0)
6181 uiout->text (" task ");
6182 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6188 if (!part_of_multiple)
6189 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6191 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6194 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6195 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6197 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6198 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6202 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6205 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6206 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6208 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6209 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6211 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6212 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6213 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6214 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6215 == condition_evaluation_target)
6218 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6219 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6220 uiout->text (" evals)");
6225 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6227 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6228 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6229 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6230 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6233 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6235 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6240 if (!part_of_multiple)
6244 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6245 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6246 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6247 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6248 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6250 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6251 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6252 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6253 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6254 uiout->text (" time\n");
6256 uiout->text (" times\n");
6260 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6261 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6262 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6266 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6269 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6270 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6271 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6274 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6275 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6276 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6277 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6280 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6281 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6282 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6283 if (b->ignore_count)
6284 uiout->text ("additional ");
6286 uiout->text ("next ");
6287 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6288 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6291 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6293 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6295 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6297 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6298 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6299 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6303 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6304 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6307 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6308 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6311 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6313 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6315 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6317 annotate_field (10);
6318 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6319 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6320 uiout->text (" \n");
6323 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6325 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6327 annotate_field (11);
6329 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6330 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6331 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6337 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6338 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6343 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6345 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6347 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6349 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6351 else if (b->location != NULL
6352 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6353 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6354 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6359 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6360 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6363 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6364 bool use_fixed_output = mi_multi_location_breakpoint_output_fixed (uiout);
6366 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place, uiout, "bkpt");
6367 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6369 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6371 if (!use_fixed_output)
6372 bkpt_tuple_emitter.reset ();
6374 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6375 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6376 locations, if any. */
6377 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6379 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6380 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6381 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6384 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6385 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6387 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6388 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6390 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_list> locations_list;
6392 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6393 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6395 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output)
6396 locations_list.emplace (uiout, "locations");
6399 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6401 ui_out_emit_tuple loc_tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6402 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6409 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6411 int print_address_bits = 0;
6412 struct bp_location *loc;
6414 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6415 address to print. */
6416 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6419 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6423 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6424 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6425 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6428 return print_address_bits;
6431 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6434 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6436 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6437 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6440 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6441 internal or momentary. */
6444 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6446 return b->number > 0;
6449 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6452 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6454 return b->loc == NULL;
6457 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6458 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6459 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6460 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6461 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6462 breakpoints listed. */
6465 breakpoint_1 (const char *args, int allflag,
6466 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6468 struct breakpoint *b;
6469 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6470 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6471 struct value_print_options opts;
6472 int print_address_bits = 0;
6473 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6474 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6476 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6478 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6479 required for address fields. */
6480 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6483 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6484 if (filter && !filter (b))
6487 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6488 accept. Skip the others. */
6489 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6491 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6493 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6497 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6499 int addr_bit, type_len;
6501 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6502 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6503 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6505 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6506 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6507 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6509 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6514 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6515 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6516 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6519 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6520 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6521 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6523 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6524 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6526 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6527 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6529 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6530 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6532 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6533 if (opts.addressprint)
6535 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6537 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6538 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6540 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6542 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6544 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6545 uiout->table_body ();
6546 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6547 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6552 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6553 if (filter && !filter (b))
6556 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6557 accept. Skip the others. */
6559 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6561 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6563 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6566 else /* all others */
6568 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6572 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6574 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6575 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6581 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6585 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6586 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6588 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6594 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6595 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6598 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6599 there have been breakpoints? */
6600 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6602 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6605 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6606 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6609 default_collect_info (void)
6611 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6613 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6614 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6616 if (!*default_collect)
6619 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6621 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6622 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6623 uiout->text (" \n");
6627 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6629 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6631 default_collect_info ();
6635 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6637 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6638 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6640 if (num_printed == 0)
6642 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6643 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6645 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6650 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6652 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6654 default_collect_info ();
6658 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6659 struct program_space *pspace,
6660 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6662 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6664 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6666 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6667 && bl->address == pc
6668 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6674 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6675 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6679 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6680 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6681 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6684 struct breakpoint *b;
6687 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6688 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6692 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6693 else /* if (others == ???) */
6694 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6696 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6699 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6700 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6701 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6702 else if (b->thread != -1)
6703 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6704 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6705 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6706 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6710 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6712 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6713 fputs_styled (paddress (gdbarch, pc), address_style.style (), gdb_stdout);
6714 printf_filtered (".\n");
6719 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6720 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6721 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6722 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6724 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6725 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6726 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6727 breakpoint location at address zero:
6735 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6737 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6739 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6742 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6743 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6746 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6747 struct bp_location *loc2)
6749 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6750 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6752 /* Both of them must exist. */
6753 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6754 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6756 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6757 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6758 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6759 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6760 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6761 other watchpoint. */
6763 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6765 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6766 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6768 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6770 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6771 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6774 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6775 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6776 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6777 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6778 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6779 become hw_access locations later. */
6780 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6781 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6782 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6783 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6786 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6789 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6790 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6792 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6793 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6797 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6798 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6799 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6800 space doesn't really matter. */
6803 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6805 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6808 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6809 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6810 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6813 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6814 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6815 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6816 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6819 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6820 const address_space *aspace,
6823 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6826 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6827 bl->address, bl->length,
6831 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6832 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6833 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6834 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6835 doesn't really matter. */
6838 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6839 const address_space *aspace,
6840 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6842 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6843 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6845 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6847 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6853 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6854 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6855 true, otherwise returns false. */
6858 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6859 struct bp_location *loc2)
6861 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6862 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6863 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6864 different locations. */
6865 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6870 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6871 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6872 represent the same location. */
6875 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6876 struct bp_location *loc2)
6878 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6880 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6881 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6882 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6884 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6885 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6887 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6890 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6891 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6892 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6894 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6895 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6896 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6897 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6901 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6902 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6904 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6905 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6909 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6910 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6912 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6913 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6915 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6918 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6919 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6920 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6921 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6924 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6925 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6927 if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6928 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6929 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6930 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6931 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6933 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6934 have their addresses modified. */
6937 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
6939 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6940 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6941 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6942 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6943 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6944 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6949 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr = bpaddr;
6951 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6953 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6954 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6955 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6958 adjusted_bpaddr = address_significant (gdbarch, adjusted_bpaddr);
6960 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6961 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6963 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6964 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6966 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6970 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint *owner)
6972 bp_location *loc = this;
6975 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6976 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6979 switch (owner->type)
6982 case bp_single_step:
6986 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6987 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6989 case bp_exception_resume:
6990 case bp_step_resume:
6991 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6992 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6994 case bp_std_terminate:
6995 case bp_shlib_event:
6996 case bp_thread_event:
6997 case bp_overlay_event:
6999 case bp_longjmp_master:
7000 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7001 case bp_exception_master:
7002 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7003 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7005 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7006 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7008 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7009 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7010 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7012 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7013 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7014 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7015 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7020 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7021 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7022 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7025 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7031 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7033 static struct bp_location *
7034 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7036 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7040 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7045 /* Increment reference count. */
7048 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7053 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7054 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7057 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7059 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7061 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7062 free_bp_location (*blp);
7066 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7069 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7071 struct breakpoint *b1;
7072 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7074 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7075 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7077 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7079 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7084 b1->next = b.release ();
7090 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7093 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7094 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7096 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7098 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7102 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7103 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7104 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7105 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7108 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7109 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7111 static struct breakpoint *
7112 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7114 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7116 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7118 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7119 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7122 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7123 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7127 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7129 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7131 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7132 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7133 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7135 const char *function_name;
7137 if (loc->msymbol != NULL
7138 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7139 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc)
7142 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7144 function_name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc->msymbol);
7146 if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7147 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7149 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7150 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7151 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7152 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7154 loc->related_address = loc->address;
7158 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &function_name, NULL, NULL);
7161 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7165 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7167 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7170 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7172 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7177 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7178 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7179 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7181 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7182 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7183 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7186 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7187 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7188 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7190 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7192 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7194 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7195 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7197 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7198 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7200 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7201 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7204 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7205 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7206 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7207 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7208 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7209 is also returned as the value of this function.
7211 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7212 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7213 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7214 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7215 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7216 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7217 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7220 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7221 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7222 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7224 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7226 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7227 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7230 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7231 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7232 initiated the operation. */
7235 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7237 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7238 int thread = tp->global_num;
7240 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7241 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7242 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7243 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7244 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7245 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7246 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7247 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7249 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7250 struct breakpoint *clone;
7252 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7253 after their removal. */
7254 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7255 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7256 clone->thread = thread;
7259 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7262 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7264 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7266 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7269 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7271 if (b->thread == thread)
7272 delete_breakpoint (b);
7277 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7279 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7282 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7284 if (b->thread == thread)
7285 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7289 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7290 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7291 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7295 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7297 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7300 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7302 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7304 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7305 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7307 new_b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
7309 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7311 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7314 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7315 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7316 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7317 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7323 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7324 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7327 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7328 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7332 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7334 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7337 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7339 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7341 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7342 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7343 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7344 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7347 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp);
7349 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7351 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7352 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7353 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7355 delete_breakpoint (b);
7360 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7362 struct breakpoint *b;
7365 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7367 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7368 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7369 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7374 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7376 struct breakpoint *b;
7379 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7381 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7382 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7383 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7387 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7388 master breakpoint. */
7390 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7392 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7395 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7396 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7398 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7399 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7403 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7405 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7407 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7410 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7411 delete_breakpoint (b);
7415 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7417 struct breakpoint *b;
7419 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7420 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7422 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7423 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7424 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7426 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7431 struct lang_and_radix
7437 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7440 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7442 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7443 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7446 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7449 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7451 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7453 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7454 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7455 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7456 delete_breakpoint (b);
7460 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7462 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7465 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7466 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7467 delete_breakpoint (b);
7470 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7473 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7475 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7478 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7479 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7480 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7483 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7484 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7485 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7487 static struct breakpoint *
7488 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7489 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7491 struct breakpoint *b;
7493 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7494 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7495 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7500 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7502 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7505 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7508 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7510 struct breakpoint *b;
7512 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7514 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7515 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7517 delete_breakpoint (b);
7523 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7524 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7527 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7529 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7531 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7533 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7534 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7536 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7537 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7538 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7539 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7540 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7541 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7542 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7543 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7544 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7545 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7546 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7547 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7550 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7555 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7556 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7557 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7560 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7562 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7563 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7565 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7567 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7568 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7570 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7571 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7572 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7573 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7574 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7575 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7576 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7577 || is_tracepoint (b))
7578 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7580 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7581 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7582 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7583 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7586 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7587 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7589 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7591 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7592 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7593 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7596 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7601 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7602 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7603 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7606 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7608 struct breakpoint *b;
7610 if (objfile == NULL)
7613 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7614 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7615 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7616 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7617 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7618 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7619 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7620 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7621 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7622 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7624 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7625 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7630 struct bp_location *loc;
7631 int bp_modified = 0;
7633 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7636 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7638 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7640 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7641 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7644 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7647 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7650 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7651 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7654 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7656 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7657 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7658 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7659 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7660 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7663 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7670 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7674 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7676 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7677 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7678 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7680 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7682 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7683 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7684 catchpoint has triggered. */
7685 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7688 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7692 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7694 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7697 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7701 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7703 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7706 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7710 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7711 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7712 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7714 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7716 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7719 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7723 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7726 static enum print_stop_action
7727 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7729 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7730 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7731 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7733 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7734 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7735 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7736 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7738 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7739 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7741 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7742 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7744 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7745 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7746 uiout->field_int ("newpid", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7747 uiout->text ("), ");
7748 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7751 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7755 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7757 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7758 struct value_print_options opts;
7759 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7761 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7763 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7764 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7766 if (opts.addressprint)
7767 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7769 uiout->text ("fork");
7770 if (c->forked_inferior_pid != null_ptid)
7772 uiout->text (", process ");
7773 uiout->field_int ("what", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7777 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7778 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7781 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7785 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7787 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7790 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7794 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7796 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7797 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7800 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7802 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7804 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7808 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7810 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7813 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7817 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7819 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7822 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7826 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7827 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7828 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7830 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7832 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7835 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7839 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7842 static enum print_stop_action
7843 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7845 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7846 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7847 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7849 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7850 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7851 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7852 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7854 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7855 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7857 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7858 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7860 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7861 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7862 uiout->field_int ("newpid", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7863 uiout->text ("), ");
7864 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7867 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7871 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7873 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7874 struct value_print_options opts;
7875 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7877 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7878 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7879 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7881 if (opts.addressprint)
7882 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7884 uiout->text ("vfork");
7885 if (c->forked_inferior_pid != null_ptid)
7887 uiout->text (", process ");
7888 uiout->field_int ("what", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7892 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7893 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7896 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7900 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7902 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7905 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7909 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7912 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7915 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7917 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7919 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7920 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7921 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7923 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7925 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
7927 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7928 unsigned char is_load;
7930 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7931 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7933 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
7936 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7938 xfree (this->regex);
7942 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7948 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7954 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7955 const address_space *aspace,
7957 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7959 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7960 struct breakpoint *other;
7962 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7967 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7969 if (other == bl->owner)
7972 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7975 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
7978 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7980 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7989 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7991 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7992 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7996 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
7999 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8005 for (const std::string &iter : current_program_space->deleted_solibs)
8008 || self->compiled->exec (iter.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8014 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8017 static enum print_stop_action
8018 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8020 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8021 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8023 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8024 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8025 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8026 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8028 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8029 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8031 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8032 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8033 print_solib_event (1);
8034 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8038 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8040 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8041 struct value_print_options opts;
8042 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8044 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8045 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8046 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8048 if (opts.addressprint)
8051 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8059 msg = string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8061 msg = _("load of library");
8066 msg = string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8068 msg = _("unload of library");
8070 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8072 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8073 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8077 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8079 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8081 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8082 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8086 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8088 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8091 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8092 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8098 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8100 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8101 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8102 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8103 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8104 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8105 created in an enabled state. */
8108 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8110 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8114 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8116 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8120 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8121 _("Invalid regexp")));
8122 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8125 c->is_load = is_load;
8126 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8127 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8129 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8131 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8134 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8138 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8139 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8142 const int enabled = 1;
8144 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8146 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8150 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8151 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8153 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8157 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8158 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8160 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8163 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8164 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8165 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8166 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8169 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8170 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8171 const char *cond_string,
8172 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8174 symtab_and_line sal;
8175 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8177 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8179 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8180 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8184 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8186 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8187 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8188 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8189 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8192 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
8195 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8199 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8200 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8201 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8203 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8205 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8207 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8209 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8212 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8214 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8215 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8216 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8218 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8220 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8222 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8223 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8225 char *exec_pathname;
8228 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8230 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8232 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8236 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8238 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
8242 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8244 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
8248 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8249 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8250 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8252 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8254 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8257 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8261 static enum print_stop_action
8262 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8264 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8265 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8266 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8268 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8269 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8270 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8271 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8273 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8274 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8276 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8277 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8279 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8280 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8281 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8282 uiout->text ("), ");
8284 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8288 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8290 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8291 struct value_print_options opts;
8292 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8294 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8296 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8297 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8298 is relatively readable). */
8299 if (opts.addressprint)
8300 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8302 uiout->text ("exec");
8303 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8305 uiout->text (", program \"");
8306 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8307 uiout->text ("\" ");
8310 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8311 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8315 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8317 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8320 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8324 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8326 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8327 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8330 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8333 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8336 struct breakpoint *b;
8337 struct bp_location *bl;
8341 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8342 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8344 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8346 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8353 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8357 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8360 struct bp_location *bl;
8362 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8365 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8367 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8369 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8375 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8376 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8377 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8378 types _not_ TYPE. */
8381 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8382 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8385 struct breakpoint *b;
8387 *other_type_used = 0;
8392 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8395 if (b->type == type)
8396 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8397 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8398 *other_type_used = 1;
8405 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8407 struct breakpoint *b;
8411 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8413 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8414 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8420 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8422 struct breakpoint *b;
8426 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8428 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8429 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8435 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8437 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8438 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8442 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8444 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8445 breakpoint_re_set ();
8448 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8451 static struct breakpoint *
8452 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8454 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8456 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8457 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8459 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8460 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8463 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8465 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8468 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8469 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8473 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8474 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8476 struct breakpoint *b;
8478 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8480 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8482 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8483 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8484 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8485 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8487 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
8489 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8491 return breakpoint_up (b);
8494 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8495 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8496 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8498 static struct breakpoint *
8499 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8501 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8504 struct breakpoint *copy;
8506 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8507 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8508 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8510 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8511 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8512 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8513 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8514 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8515 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8516 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8517 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8518 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8519 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8520 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8521 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8523 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8524 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8525 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8527 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8531 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8535 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8537 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8541 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8545 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8548 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8550 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8552 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8553 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8555 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8559 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8562 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8564 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8565 current_uiout->text ("\n");
8569 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8571 static struct bp_location *
8572 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8573 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8575 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8576 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8577 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8579 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8580 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8582 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8583 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8584 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8585 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8586 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8587 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8588 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8591 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8592 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8593 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8594 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8599 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8600 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8601 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8602 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8603 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8604 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8605 loc->section = sal->section;
8606 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8607 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8608 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8609 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8610 loc->msymbol = sal->msymbol;
8611 loc->objfile = sal->objfile;
8613 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8614 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8616 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8617 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8618 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8619 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8620 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8621 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8622 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8623 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8624 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8625 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8626 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8627 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8629 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8636 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8639 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8643 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8644 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8647 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8649 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8653 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8655 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8656 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8657 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8658 scoped_restore restore_memory
8659 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8661 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8662 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8668 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8669 return 0 otherwise. */
8672 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8674 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8676 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8677 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8678 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8680 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
8683 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8684 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8685 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8688 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8689 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8692 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8694 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8695 char *printf_line = NULL;
8700 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8702 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8704 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8706 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8708 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8709 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8711 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8712 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8713 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8715 if (!dprintf_function)
8716 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8718 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8719 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8724 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8728 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8730 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8731 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8734 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8735 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8739 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8740 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8742 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8744 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8745 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8746 = new struct command_line (simple_control, printf_line);
8747 breakpoint_set_commands (b, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line,
8748 command_lines_deleter ()));
8751 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8752 current style settings. */
8755 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8756 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8758 struct breakpoint *b;
8762 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8763 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8767 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8768 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8769 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8770 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8773 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8774 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8775 event_location_up &&location,
8776 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8777 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8778 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8779 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8780 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8781 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8782 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8783 int display_canonical)
8787 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8789 int target_resources_ok;
8791 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8792 target_resources_ok =
8793 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8795 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8796 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8797 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8798 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8801 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8803 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8805 struct bp_location *loc;
8809 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8811 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8813 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8814 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8817 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8819 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8823 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8824 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8825 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8826 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8827 b->disposition = disposition;
8829 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8830 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8832 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8834 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8835 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8837 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8839 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8840 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8842 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8845 p = skip_spaces (p);
8847 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8849 t->static_trace_marker_id.assign (p, endp - p);
8851 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8853 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8855 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8857 t->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
8859 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8861 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8864 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8865 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8872 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8873 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8879 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8881 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8882 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8884 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8887 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8888 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8889 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8891 if (b->extra_string)
8892 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8894 error (_("Format string required"));
8896 else if (b->extra_string)
8897 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8900 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8901 if (location != NULL)
8902 b->location = std::move (location);
8904 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
8905 b->filter = filter.release ();
8909 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8910 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8911 event_location_up &&location,
8912 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8913 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8914 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8915 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8916 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8917 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8918 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8919 int display_canonical)
8921 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
8923 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
8924 sals, std::move (location),
8926 std::move (cond_string),
8927 std::move (extra_string),
8929 thread, task, ignore_count,
8931 enabled, internal, flags,
8934 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
8937 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8938 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8939 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8940 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8941 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8942 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8943 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8944 we take just a single condition string.
8946 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8947 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8948 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8949 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8950 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8953 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8954 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8955 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8956 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8957 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8958 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8959 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8960 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8962 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8963 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
8965 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
8967 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8968 'break', without arguments. */
8969 event_location_up location
8970 = (canonical->location != NULL
8971 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
8972 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
8973 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
8975 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
8976 std::move (location),
8977 std::move (filter_string),
8978 std::move (cond_string),
8979 std::move (extra_string),
8981 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8982 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
8983 canonical->special_display);
8987 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8988 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8989 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8990 linespec locations).
8992 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8993 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8996 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
8997 struct linespec_result *canonical)
8999 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9001 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9003 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9007 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9008 breakpoint address. */
9009 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9011 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9012 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9013 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9014 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9015 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9016 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
9017 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
9019 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9021 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9022 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9023 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9024 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9025 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9027 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9029 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9031 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9033 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
9037 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9041 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9042 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9043 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9044 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9046 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9047 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9048 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9049 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9051 const char *spec = NULL;
9053 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9054 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9058 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9061 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9062 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9063 get_last_displayed_line (),
9064 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9069 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9070 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9074 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9075 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9078 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9080 for (auto &sal : sals)
9081 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9084 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9085 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9086 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9087 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9088 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9092 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9093 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9095 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9097 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9099 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9100 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9101 associated with SAL. */
9105 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg))
9106 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9107 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), msg.c_str ());
9111 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9112 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9113 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9114 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9115 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9116 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9119 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9120 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9123 *cond_string = NULL;
9130 const char *end_tok;
9132 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9133 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9135 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9137 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9139 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9143 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9145 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9147 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9149 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9150 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9152 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9154 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9157 struct thread_info *thr;
9160 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9162 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9163 *thread = thr->global_num;
9166 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9171 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9173 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9174 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9175 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9180 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9184 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9188 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9190 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9191 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9193 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9196 p = skip_spaces (p);
9198 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9200 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9202 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
9203 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9204 if (markers.empty ())
9205 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9206 marker_str.c_str ());
9208 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9209 sals.reserve (markers.size ());
9211 for (const static_tracepoint_marker &marker : markers)
9213 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker.address, 0);
9214 sal.pc = marker.address;
9215 sals.push_back (sal);
9222 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9225 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9226 const struct event_location *location,
9227 const char *cond_string,
9228 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9230 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9232 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9233 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9234 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9237 struct linespec_result canonical;
9240 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9242 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9244 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9245 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9246 extra_string = NULL;
9250 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9252 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9254 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9256 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9258 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9261 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9262 throw_exception (e);
9264 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9266 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9267 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9268 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9269 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9270 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9273 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9274 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9275 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9276 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9280 throw_exception (e);
9284 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9287 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9288 are ok for the target. */
9291 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9292 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9295 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9296 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9298 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9299 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9302 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9303 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9307 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9308 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9315 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9317 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9318 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9319 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9320 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9322 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9323 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9324 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9325 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9329 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9330 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9331 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9333 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9335 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9336 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9338 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9341 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9342 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9343 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9345 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9346 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9347 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9351 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9353 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9354 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9357 b->cond_string = NULL;
9360 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9361 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9365 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9366 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9367 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9368 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9369 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9370 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9371 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9372 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9373 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9375 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9378 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9380 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9381 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9382 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9385 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9390 /* Set a breakpoint.
9391 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9392 condition, and thread.
9393 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9394 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9398 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9400 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9401 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9402 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9404 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9406 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9408 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9409 if (location != NULL
9410 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9411 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9413 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9415 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9417 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9418 tempflag, type_wanted,
9419 0 /* Ignore count */,
9420 pending_break_support,
9428 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9431 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9435 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9437 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9438 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9439 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9442 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9443 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9444 if (sal->explicit_line)
9445 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9448 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9450 const struct blockvector *bv;
9451 const struct block *b;
9454 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9455 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9458 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9461 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9462 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9467 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9468 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9469 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9470 happen in assembly source). */
9472 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9473 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9475 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9477 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9484 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9486 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9490 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9492 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9496 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9498 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9502 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9504 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9508 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9510 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9511 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9512 stop at <line>\n"));
9516 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9520 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9522 else if (*arg != '*')
9524 const char *argptr = arg;
9527 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9528 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9529 function/method name. */
9530 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9532 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9537 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9539 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9543 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9545 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9549 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9553 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9557 const char *argptr = arg;
9560 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9561 it is probably a line number. */
9562 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9564 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9569 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9571 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9575 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9577 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9580 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9581 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9582 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9586 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9588 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9590 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9591 the next character must be ','. */
9594 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9595 error (_("Format string required"));
9598 /* Skip the comma. */
9603 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9605 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9607 0 /* Ignore count */,
9608 pending_break_support,
9609 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9617 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9619 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9622 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9623 ranged breakpoints. */
9626 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9627 const address_space *aspace,
9629 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9631 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9632 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9635 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9636 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9639 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9640 ranged breakpoints. */
9643 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9645 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9648 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9649 ranged breakpoints. */
9651 static enum print_stop_action
9652 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9654 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9655 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9656 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9658 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9660 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9661 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9663 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9665 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9667 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9668 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9670 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9671 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9673 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9674 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9675 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9677 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9680 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9683 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9684 ranged breakpoints. */
9687 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9688 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9690 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9691 struct value_print_options opts;
9692 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9694 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9695 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9697 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9699 if (opts.addressprint)
9700 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9701 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9702 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9704 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9708 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9709 ranged breakpoints. */
9712 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9713 struct ui_out *uiout)
9715 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9716 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9721 address_start = bl->address;
9722 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9724 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9725 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9726 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9727 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9728 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9732 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9733 ranged breakpoints. */
9736 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9738 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9739 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9742 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9744 uiout->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9745 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9746 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9749 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9750 ranged breakpoints. */
9753 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9755 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9756 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9757 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9758 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9761 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9763 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9765 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9766 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9767 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9768 last instruction of the given line. */
9771 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9775 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9776 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9777 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9784 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9786 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9788 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9795 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9798 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9800 const char *arg_start;
9801 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9802 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9804 struct breakpoint *b;
9806 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9807 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9808 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9810 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9811 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9812 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9815 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9817 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9818 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9819 error(_("No address range specified."));
9822 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9824 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9827 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9828 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9829 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9831 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9833 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9834 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9835 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9837 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9838 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9840 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9841 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9843 /* Parse the end location. */
9847 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9848 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9849 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9850 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9851 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9852 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9854 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9855 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9856 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9858 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9859 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9861 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9862 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9863 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9864 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9866 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9868 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9869 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9870 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9872 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9874 /* Length overflowed. */
9875 error (_("Address range too large."));
9876 else if (length == 1)
9878 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9879 the `hbreak' command. */
9880 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
9885 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9886 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9887 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9888 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9889 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9890 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9891 b->location = std::move (start_location);
9892 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
9893 b->loc->length = length;
9896 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
9897 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9900 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9901 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9902 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9906 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9914 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9915 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9918 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9928 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9929 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9930 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9931 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9932 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9934 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9960 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9963 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9964 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9969 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
9970 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
9971 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
9972 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9973 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9974 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9975 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9977 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9978 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9983 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9985 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9986 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9987 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9988 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9990 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9991 are always constant. */
9993 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9995 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9996 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9997 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10002 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10003 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10004 then it is not a constant. */
10013 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10015 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10017 xfree (this->exp_string);
10018 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
10021 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10024 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10026 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10028 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10029 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10031 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10032 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10033 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10034 are loaded and unloaded.
10036 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10037 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10038 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10039 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10040 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10041 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10043 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10044 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10045 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10046 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10048 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10049 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10051 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10052 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10053 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10056 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10059 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10061 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10062 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10064 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10065 w->cond_exp.get ());
10068 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10071 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10073 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10074 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10076 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10077 w->cond_exp.get ());
10081 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10082 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10083 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10085 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10086 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10088 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10089 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10090 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10091 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10092 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10093 (did not match the data address). */
10094 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10095 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10102 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10104 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10106 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10109 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10110 hardware watchpoints. */
10113 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10115 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10116 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10118 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10121 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10122 hardware watchpoints. */
10125 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10127 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10128 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10131 static enum print_stop_action
10132 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10134 struct breakpoint *b;
10135 enum print_stop_action result;
10136 struct watchpoint *w;
10137 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10139 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10141 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10142 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10144 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10145 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10149 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10152 case bp_watchpoint:
10153 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10154 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10155 uiout->field_string
10156 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10158 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10159 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10160 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10161 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10162 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10163 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10164 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10165 uiout->text ("\n");
10166 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10167 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10170 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10171 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10172 uiout->field_string
10173 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10175 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10176 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10177 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10178 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10179 uiout->text ("\n");
10180 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10183 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10184 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10186 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10187 uiout->field_string
10189 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10191 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10192 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10193 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10194 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10195 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10200 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10201 uiout->field_string
10203 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10204 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10205 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10207 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10208 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10209 uiout->text ("\n");
10210 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10213 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10219 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10223 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10225 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10226 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10227 const char *tuple_name;
10231 case bp_watchpoint:
10232 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10233 tuple_name = "wpt";
10235 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10236 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10237 tuple_name = "wpt";
10239 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10240 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10241 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10243 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10244 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10245 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10248 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10249 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10252 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10253 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10254 uiout->text (": ");
10255 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10258 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10262 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10264 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10268 case bp_watchpoint:
10269 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10270 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10272 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10275 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10276 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10279 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10280 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10283 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10284 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10287 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10291 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10293 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10294 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10295 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10303 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10305 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10306 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10309 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10311 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10313 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10314 bl->watchpoint_type);
10317 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10318 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10321 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10323 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10325 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10326 bl->watchpoint_type);
10329 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10330 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10333 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10335 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10337 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10340 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10341 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10344 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10349 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10350 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10352 static enum print_stop_action
10353 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10355 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10356 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10358 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10359 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10361 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10362 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10366 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10367 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10368 uiout->field_string
10369 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10372 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10373 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10374 uiout->field_string
10375 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10378 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10379 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10380 uiout->field_string
10382 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10385 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10386 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10390 uiout->text (_("\n\
10391 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10392 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10393 uiout->text ("\n");
10395 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10396 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10399 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10400 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10403 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10404 struct ui_out *uiout)
10406 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10408 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10409 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10411 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10412 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10413 uiout->text ("\n");
10416 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10417 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10420 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10422 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10423 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10424 const char *tuple_name;
10428 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10429 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10430 tuple_name = "wpt";
10432 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10433 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10434 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10436 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10437 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10438 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10441 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10442 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10445 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10446 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10447 uiout->text (": ");
10448 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10451 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10452 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10455 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10457 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10462 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10463 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10465 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10466 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10468 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10469 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10472 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10473 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10476 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10478 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10481 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10483 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10485 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10488 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10490 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10493 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10494 hw_read: watch read,
10495 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10497 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10498 int just_location, int internal)
10500 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10501 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10502 struct value *result;
10503 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10504 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10505 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10506 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10508 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10509 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10510 enum bptype bp_type;
10513 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10514 the hardware watchpoint. */
10516 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10518 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10519 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10521 const char *value_start;
10523 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10525 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10526 of the arguments string. */
10527 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10529 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10530 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10533 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10534 This is the value of the parameter. */
10535 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10537 value_start = tok + 1;
10539 /* Skip whitespace. */
10540 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10545 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10546 This is the parameter itself. */
10547 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10550 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10552 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10554 struct thread_info *thr;
10555 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10556 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10557 only in a specific thread. */
10561 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10563 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10564 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10566 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10567 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10568 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10570 thread = thr->global_num;
10572 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10574 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10575 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10577 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10580 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10582 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10584 mark = value_mark ();
10585 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10586 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10587 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10590 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10593 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10594 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10601 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10602 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10604 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10605 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10606 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10608 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10609 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10611 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10614 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10615 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10619 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10620 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10622 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10625 exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10626 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
10627 struct value *val_as_value = nullptr;
10628 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val_as_value, &result, NULL,
10631 if (val_as_value != NULL && just_location)
10633 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val_as_value);
10634 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val_as_value);
10642 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10643 val = release_value (value_addr (result));
10644 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10648 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val.get ()),
10651 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10652 else if (ret == -2)
10653 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10656 else if (val_as_value != NULL)
10657 val = release_value (val_as_value);
10659 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10660 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10662 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10663 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10665 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10666 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10668 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10669 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10670 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10675 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10677 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10679 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10681 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10683 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10684 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10685 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10686 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10687 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10689 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10691 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10693 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10694 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10697 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10698 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10699 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10701 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10704 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10706 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10707 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10709 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10710 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10712 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10713 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10714 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10715 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10716 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10717 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10718 scope_breakpoint->type);
10722 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10723 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10724 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10725 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10727 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10728 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10729 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10730 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10732 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10734 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10737 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10738 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10740 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10741 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10742 w->thread = thread;
10743 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10744 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10745 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10746 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10747 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10750 struct type *t = value_type (val.get ());
10751 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val.get ());
10753 w->exp_string_reparse
10754 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10756 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10757 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10760 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10764 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10769 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10770 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10775 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10777 w->cond_string = 0;
10779 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10781 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10782 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10786 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10787 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10790 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10792 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10793 need to act on them together. */
10794 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10795 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10798 if (!just_location)
10799 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10801 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10802 that should be inserted. */
10803 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10805 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10808 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10809 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10812 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals)
10814 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10816 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10817 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10820 gdb_assert (!vals.empty ());
10821 struct value *head = vals[0].get ();
10823 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10824 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10825 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10826 hardware watchpoint.
10828 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10829 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10830 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10831 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10832 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10833 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10834 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10835 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10836 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10838 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10839 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10840 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10841 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10842 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : vals)
10844 struct value *v = iter.get ();
10846 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10848 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10849 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10850 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10851 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10852 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10853 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10857 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10858 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10859 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10861 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10862 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10863 middle of some value chain. */
10865 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10866 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10868 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10872 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10873 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10874 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10876 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10880 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10884 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10885 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10886 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10887 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10888 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10891 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10892 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10893 return found_memory_cnt;
10897 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10899 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10902 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10903 calls watch_command_1. */
10906 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10908 int just_location = 0;
10911 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10912 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10914 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10918 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10922 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10924 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10928 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10930 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10934 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10936 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10940 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10942 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10946 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10948 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10952 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10953 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10956 struct until_break_fsm : public thread_fsm
10958 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10961 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10962 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
10964 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10966 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
10968 until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
10969 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
10970 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
10971 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp),
10973 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint)),
10974 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint))
10978 void clean_up (struct thread_info *thread) override;
10979 bool should_stop (struct thread_info *thread) override;
10980 enum async_reply_reason do_async_reply_reason () override;
10983 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10984 until(location)/advance commands. */
10987 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info *tp)
10989 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
10990 location_breakpoint.get ()) != NULL
10991 || (caller_breakpoint != NULL
10992 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
10993 caller_breakpoint.get ()) != NULL))
10999 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11000 until(location)/advance commands. */
11003 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info *)
11005 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11006 location_breakpoint.reset ();
11007 caller_breakpoint.reset ();
11008 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread);
11011 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11012 until(location)/advance commands. */
11014 enum async_reply_reason
11015 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11017 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11021 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11023 struct frame_info *frame;
11024 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11025 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11026 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11028 struct thread_info *tp;
11030 clear_proceed_status (0);
11032 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11035 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11037 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
11038 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11039 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11040 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11041 get_last_displayed_line ())
11042 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11043 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0));
11045 if (sals.size () != 1)
11046 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11048 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
11051 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11053 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11055 tp = inferior_thread ();
11056 thread = tp->global_num;
11058 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11059 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11060 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11063 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11064 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11065 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11066 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11068 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11071 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11073 gdb::optional<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup> lj_deleter;
11075 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11077 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11078 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11080 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11081 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11082 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11083 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11088 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11089 lj_deleter.emplace (thread);
11092 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11095 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11097 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11098 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11099 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11100 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11102 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11103 only at the very same frame. */
11104 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11105 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11107 tp->thread_fsm = new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11108 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11109 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11112 lj_deleter->release ();
11114 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11117 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11118 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11120 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11121 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11122 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11123 if clause in the arg string. */
11126 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11128 const char *cond_string;
11130 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11133 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11136 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11137 condition string. */
11138 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11139 cond_string = *arg;
11141 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11143 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11145 return cond_string;
11148 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11149 process start/exit, etc. */
11153 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11154 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11159 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11160 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11162 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11163 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11164 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11167 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11168 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11169 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11173 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11175 /* The allowed syntax is:
11177 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11179 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11180 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11182 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11183 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11185 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11186 and enable reporting of such events. */
11189 case catch_fork_temporary:
11190 case catch_fork_permanent:
11191 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11192 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11194 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11195 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11196 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11197 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11200 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11206 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11207 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11209 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11211 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11213 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11217 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11219 /* The allowed syntax is:
11221 catch exec if <cond>
11223 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11224 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11226 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11227 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11229 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11230 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11231 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11232 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11234 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11238 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11239 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11240 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11241 const char *addr_string,
11242 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11249 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11251 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11253 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11254 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11255 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11256 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11257 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11258 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11259 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11260 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11261 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11262 enough for now, though. */
11265 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11267 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11268 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11269 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11270 language_def (language_ada));
11271 b->language = language_ada;
11275 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11277 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11282 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11284 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11287 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11290 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11292 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11293 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11295 if (a->number < b->number)
11297 else if (a->number > b->number)
11300 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11304 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11307 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11310 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11312 struct breakpoint *b;
11315 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11316 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11317 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11321 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11322 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11323 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11325 sals = decoded_sals;
11329 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11330 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11331 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11332 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11333 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11334 error (_("No source file specified."));
11340 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11341 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11342 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11343 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11345 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11346 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11347 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11348 due to optimization, all in one block.
11350 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11351 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11352 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11353 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11354 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11355 to support that. */
11357 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11358 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11359 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11362 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11363 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11365 const char *sal_fullname;
11367 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11368 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11369 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11372 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11377 1 0 <can't happen> */
11379 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11380 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11382 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11383 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11386 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11387 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11389 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11390 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11392 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11393 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11394 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11396 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11397 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11398 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11399 || loc->section == sal.section));
11400 int line_match = 0;
11402 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11403 && loc->symtab != NULL
11404 && sal_fullname != NULL
11405 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11406 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11407 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11408 sal_fullname) == 0)
11411 if (pc_match || line_match)
11420 found.push_back (b);
11424 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11425 if (found.empty ())
11428 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11430 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11433 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11434 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11435 [] (const breakpoint *bp_a, const breakpoint *bp_b)
11437 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a, bp_b) < 0;
11439 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11440 [] (const breakpoint *bp_a, const breakpoint *bp_b)
11442 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a, bp_b) == 0;
11446 if (found.size () > 1)
11447 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11450 if (found.size () == 1)
11451 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11453 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11456 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11459 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11460 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11463 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11466 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11467 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11468 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11471 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11473 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11475 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11476 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11477 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11479 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11481 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11483 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11484 delete_breakpoint (b);
11488 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11489 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11490 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11491 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11492 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11493 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11496 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11498 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11499 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11501 if (a->address != b->address)
11502 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11504 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11505 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11508 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11509 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11510 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11512 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11513 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11514 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11516 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11517 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11518 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11520 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11521 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11522 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11524 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11527 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11528 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11529 content of the bp_locations array. */
11532 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11534 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11536 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11537 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11541 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11543 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11546 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11547 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11549 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11550 addr = bl->address - start;
11551 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11552 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11554 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11556 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11557 addr = end - bl->address;
11558 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11559 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11563 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11566 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11568 struct breakpoint *b;
11569 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11571 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11573 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11575 struct bp_location *bl;
11576 struct tracepoint *t;
11577 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11579 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11580 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11581 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11584 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11586 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11587 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11589 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11592 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11595 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11597 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11598 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11599 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11600 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11603 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11605 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11608 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11610 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11611 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11612 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11613 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
11617 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11620 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11622 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11623 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11624 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11625 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11627 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11628 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11629 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11630 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11631 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11633 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11634 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11635 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11636 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11637 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11638 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11639 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11640 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11643 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11644 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11645 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11649 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11651 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11652 struct bp_location *loc;
11653 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11656 address = bl->address;
11657 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11659 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11660 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11661 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11663 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11664 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11667 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11668 the same program space as the location
11669 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11670 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11671 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11675 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11676 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11679 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11680 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11681 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11682 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11683 that have already been marked. */
11684 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11686 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11688 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11691 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11692 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11693 locations are duplicate of which.
11695 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11696 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11700 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11702 struct breakpoint *b;
11703 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11704 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11705 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11706 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11707 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11709 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11710 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11711 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11712 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11713 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11715 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11716 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11717 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11718 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11720 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11721 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11722 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11723 unsigned old_locations_count;
11724 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11726 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11727 bp_locations = NULL;
11728 bp_locations_count = 0;
11730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11731 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11732 bp_locations_count++;
11734 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11735 locp = bp_locations;
11736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11737 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11739 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11740 bp_locations_compare);
11742 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11744 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11745 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11746 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11747 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11748 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11751 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11752 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11754 locp = bp_locations;
11755 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11756 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11759 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11760 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11762 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11763 not, we have to free it. */
11764 int found_object = 0;
11765 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11766 int keep_in_target = 0;
11769 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11770 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11771 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11772 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11776 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11777 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11780 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11781 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11782 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11784 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11785 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11786 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11788 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11789 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11792 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11796 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11797 have to go through updates again. */
11798 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11800 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11802 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11804 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11805 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11806 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11807 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11808 at certain location is not inserted. */
11810 if (old_loc->inserted)
11812 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11815 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11817 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11818 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11819 keep_in_target = 1;
11823 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11824 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11825 remove its target-side condition. */
11827 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11828 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11829 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11830 this one from the target. */
11832 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11833 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11836 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11837 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11840 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11842 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11844 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11845 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11846 supported, but the latter are. */
11847 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11849 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11850 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11853 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11854 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11856 if (loc2 != old_loc
11857 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11859 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11860 keep_in_target = 1;
11868 if (!keep_in_target)
11870 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
11872 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11873 this location on the global list, and try to
11874 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11875 reason why we will succeed next time.
11877 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11878 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11879 only after calling us. */
11880 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11881 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11882 old_loc->owner->number);
11890 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
11891 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
11893 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11894 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11895 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11896 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11897 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11898 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11899 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11900 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11901 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11902 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11903 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11904 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11905 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11906 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11909 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11910 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11912 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11913 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11914 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11915 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11916 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11917 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11918 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11919 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11920 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11921 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11922 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11923 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11924 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11927 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11928 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11929 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11930 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11932 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11933 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11934 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11935 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11936 traps we can no longer explain. */
11938 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11939 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11941 moribund_locations.push_back (old_loc);
11945 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11946 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
11951 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11952 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11953 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11954 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11955 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11956 are sorted first for the same address.
11958 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11959 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11961 bp_loc_first = NULL;
11962 wp_loc_first = NULL;
11963 awp_loc_first = NULL;
11964 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
11965 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
11967 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11969 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
11972 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
11973 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
11974 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11975 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11976 `struct bp_location'. */
11977 || is_tracepoint (b))
11979 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11980 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11984 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11985 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
11986 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11987 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
11988 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11989 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
11991 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
11993 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
11994 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
11995 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
11997 *loc_first_p = loc;
11998 loc->duplicate = 0;
12000 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12002 loc->needs_update = 1;
12003 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12004 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12010 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12011 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12012 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12014 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12015 loc->duplicate = 1;
12017 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12018 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12021 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12023 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12024 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12027 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12028 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12029 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12030 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12031 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12033 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12037 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12038 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12042 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12044 for (int ix = 0; ix < moribund_locations.size (); ++ix)
12046 struct bp_location *loc = moribund_locations[ix];
12047 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12049 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12050 unordered_remove (moribund_locations, ix);
12057 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12062 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12064 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12070 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12073 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12077 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12078 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12080 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12081 bs->old_val = NULL;
12082 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12086 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12088 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12090 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12092 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12096 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12100 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12102 struct value_print_options opts;
12104 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12106 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12108 if (b->loc == NULL)
12110 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12111 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12112 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12113 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12115 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12116 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12118 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12120 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12121 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12126 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12127 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12133 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12135 printf_filtered (" at ");
12136 fputs_styled (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12137 address_style.style (),
12140 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12142 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12144 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12146 puts_filtered (": file ");
12147 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12148 file_name_style.style (),
12150 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12151 b->loc->line_number);
12154 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12155 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12156 real situation somewhat. */
12157 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12158 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12163 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12165 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12167 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12172 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12174 xfree (function_name);
12177 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12179 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12181 xfree (this->cond_string);
12182 xfree (this->extra_string);
12183 xfree (this->filter);
12186 static struct bp_location *
12187 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12189 return new bp_location (self);
12193 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12195 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12198 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12199 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12202 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12204 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12208 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12209 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12211 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12215 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12216 const address_space *aspace,
12218 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12220 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12224 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12229 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12233 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12235 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12238 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12242 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12244 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12247 static enum print_stop_action
12248 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12250 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12254 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12255 struct ui_out *uiout)
12261 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12263 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12267 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12269 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12273 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12274 (const struct event_location *location,
12275 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12276 enum bptype type_wanted)
12278 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12282 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12283 struct linespec_result *c,
12284 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12285 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12286 enum bptype type_wanted,
12287 enum bpdisp disposition,
12289 int task, int ignore_count,
12290 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12291 int from_tty, int enabled,
12292 int internal, unsigned flags)
12294 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12297 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12298 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12299 const struct event_location *location,
12300 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12302 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12305 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12308 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12313 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12316 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12318 /* Nothing to do. */
12321 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12323 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12324 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12325 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12326 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12327 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12328 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12329 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12330 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12331 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12333 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12334 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12335 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12336 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12337 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12338 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12339 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12340 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12343 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12346 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12348 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12349 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12351 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12352 delete_breakpoint (b);
12356 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12360 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12362 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12364 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12365 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12367 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12368 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12370 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12374 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12376 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12377 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12379 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12383 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12384 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12385 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12387 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12388 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12391 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12395 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12396 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12397 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12404 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12405 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12406 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12408 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12409 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12411 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12412 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12413 be set at the same address. */
12417 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12421 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12423 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12428 static enum print_stop_action
12429 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12431 struct breakpoint *b;
12432 const struct bp_location *bl;
12434 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12436 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12438 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12439 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12441 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12442 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12443 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12446 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12447 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12450 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12452 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12453 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12455 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12456 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12457 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12459 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12460 uiout->text (", ");
12462 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12466 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12468 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12473 case bp_breakpoint:
12474 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12475 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12476 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12478 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12479 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12480 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12481 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12483 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12484 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12487 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12495 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12497 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12499 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12501 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12502 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12504 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12507 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12508 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12511 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12513 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12514 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12515 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12516 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12518 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12522 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12523 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12524 enum bptype type_wanted)
12526 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12530 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12531 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12532 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12533 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12534 enum bptype type_wanted,
12535 enum bpdisp disposition,
12537 int task, int ignore_count,
12538 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12539 int from_tty, int enabled,
12540 int internal, unsigned flags)
12542 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12543 std::move (cond_string),
12544 std::move (extra_string),
12546 disposition, thread, task,
12547 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12548 enabled, internal, flags);
12551 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12552 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12553 const struct event_location *location,
12554 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12556 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12559 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12562 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12566 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12567 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12568 case bp_overlay_event:
12569 case bp_longjmp_master:
12570 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12571 case bp_exception_master:
12572 delete_breakpoint (b);
12575 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12576 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12577 case bp_shlib_event:
12579 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12580 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12581 case bp_thread_event:
12587 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12589 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12591 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12592 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12593 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12594 objects (among other things). */
12595 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12596 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12602 static enum print_stop_action
12603 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12605 struct breakpoint *b;
12607 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12611 case bp_shlib_event:
12612 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12613 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12614 to shlib event" message.) */
12615 print_solib_event (0);
12618 case bp_thread_event:
12619 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12620 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12621 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12624 case bp_overlay_event:
12625 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12626 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12629 case bp_longjmp_master:
12630 /* These should never be enabled. */
12631 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12634 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12635 /* These should never be enabled. */
12636 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12637 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12640 case bp_exception_master:
12641 /* These should never be enabled. */
12642 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12643 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12647 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12651 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12653 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12656 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12659 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12661 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12662 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12663 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12664 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12668 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12670 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12673 static enum print_stop_action
12674 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12676 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12680 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12682 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12685 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12687 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12688 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12690 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12692 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12695 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12698 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12701 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12703 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12707 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12709 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12716 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12717 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12719 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12720 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12722 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12726 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12727 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12728 enum bptype type_wanted)
12730 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12732 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12734 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12735 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12738 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12739 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12740 const struct event_location *location,
12741 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12743 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12745 error (_("probe not found"));
12749 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12752 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12754 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12758 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12759 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12760 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12762 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12768 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12769 struct ui_out *uiout)
12771 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12772 if (!tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
12774 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12776 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12777 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12778 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12779 uiout->text ("\n");
12784 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12786 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12791 case bp_tracepoint:
12792 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12793 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12795 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12796 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12797 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12799 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12800 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12801 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12804 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12805 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12812 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12814 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12816 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12818 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12820 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12823 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12824 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12826 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12827 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12828 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12830 if (tp->pass_count)
12831 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12835 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12836 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12837 enum bptype type_wanted)
12839 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12843 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12844 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12845 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12846 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12847 enum bptype type_wanted,
12848 enum bpdisp disposition,
12850 int task, int ignore_count,
12851 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12852 int from_tty, int enabled,
12853 int internal, unsigned flags)
12855 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12856 std::move (cond_string),
12857 std::move (extra_string),
12859 disposition, thread, task,
12860 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12861 enabled, internal, flags);
12864 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12865 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12866 const struct event_location *location,
12867 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12869 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12872 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12874 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12878 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12879 (const struct event_location *location,
12880 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12881 enum bptype type_wanted)
12883 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12884 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12887 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12888 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12889 const struct event_location *location,
12890 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12892 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12893 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
12896 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12898 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12901 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12903 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12905 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12906 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
12908 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12909 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12910 3 - disconnect from target 1
12911 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12913 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12914 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12915 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12916 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12917 it all the time. */
12918 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
12919 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
12922 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12925 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
12928 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
12930 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12933 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12936 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12937 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12938 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12939 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12940 address are all handled. */
12943 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12945 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
12946 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
12948 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12949 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12950 condition not be evaluated. */
12953 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12954 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12955 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12956 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12957 commands here throws. */
12958 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
12959 bs->commands = NULL;
12961 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
12963 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12964 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12968 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12972 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12973 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12974 enum bptype type_wanted)
12976 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12977 const char *arg_start, *arg;
12979 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
12980 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
12982 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
12983 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
12984 canonical->location
12985 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
12988 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12989 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12993 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12994 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12995 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12996 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12997 enum bptype type_wanted,
12998 enum bpdisp disposition,
13000 int task, int ignore_count,
13001 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13002 int from_tty, int enabled,
13003 int internal, unsigned flags)
13005 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
13007 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13008 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13009 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13010 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13011 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13012 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13014 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
13016 event_location_up location
13017 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
13019 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
13020 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
13021 std::move (location), NULL,
13022 std::move (cond_string),
13023 std::move (extra_string),
13024 type_wanted, disposition,
13025 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13026 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13027 canonical->special_display);
13028 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13029 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13030 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13031 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13032 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13033 corresponds to this one */
13034 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13036 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
13040 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13041 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13042 const struct event_location *location,
13043 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13045 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13046 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13048 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13049 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13051 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13056 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13059 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13062 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13064 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13067 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13071 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13073 struct breakpoint *b;
13075 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13077 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13078 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13081 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13082 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13083 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13084 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13085 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13088 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13089 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13090 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13091 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13093 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13096 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13097 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13098 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13100 struct breakpoint *related;
13101 struct watchpoint *w;
13103 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13104 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13105 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13106 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13110 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13112 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13113 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13114 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13115 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13116 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13119 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13120 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13121 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13122 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13124 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted.notify (bpt);
13126 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13127 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13129 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13130 if (b->next == bpt)
13132 b->next = bpt->next;
13136 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13138 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13139 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13140 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13141 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13142 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13143 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13144 commands won't work. */
13146 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13148 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13149 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13150 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13151 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13152 might be better design to have location completely
13153 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13154 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13156 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13157 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13158 bpt->type = bp_none;
13162 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13163 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13166 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13167 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13169 struct breakpoint *related;
13174 struct breakpoint *next;
13176 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13177 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13179 if (next == related)
13181 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13182 function (related);
13184 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13185 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13190 function (related);
13194 while (related != b);
13198 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13200 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13206 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13208 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13209 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13210 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13212 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13214 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13218 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13220 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13223 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13224 delete_breakpoint (b);
13228 map_breakpoint_numbers
13229 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *br)
13231 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br, delete_breakpoint);
13235 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13236 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13240 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13242 struct bp_location *loc;
13244 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13245 if ((pspace == NULL
13246 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13247 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13248 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13253 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13254 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13255 Null names are ignored. */
13258 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13260 struct bp_location *l;
13261 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, NULL,
13264 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13267 const char *name = l->function_name;
13269 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13273 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13275 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13279 htab_delete (htab);
13285 htab_delete (htab);
13289 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13290 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13291 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13292 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13293 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13294 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13295 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13296 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13299 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13300 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13301 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13302 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13303 in the sources, and output a warning.
13305 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13306 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13307 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13308 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13309 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13312 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13313 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13314 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13315 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13316 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13317 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13318 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13319 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13320 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13322 static struct symtab_and_line
13323 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13325 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13326 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13331 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13333 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13335 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id != marker.str_id)
13336 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13337 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str (),
13338 marker.str_id.c_str ());
13340 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
13345 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13347 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13349 && sal.symtab != NULL
13350 && !tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
13352 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
13353 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13354 (tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13356 if (!markers.empty ())
13358 struct symbol *sym;
13359 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13360 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13361 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13363 tpmarker = &markers[0];
13365 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (tpmarker->str_id);
13367 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13368 "found at previous line number"),
13369 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13371 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13372 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13373 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13376 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym),
13377 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION);
13378 uiout->text (" at ");
13380 uiout->field_string ("file",
13381 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13382 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13385 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13387 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13389 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13392 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13393 uiout->text ("\n");
13395 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13396 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13398 b->location.reset (NULL);
13399 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13400 explicit_loc.source_filename
13401 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13402 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13403 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13404 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13406 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13413 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13414 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13417 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13421 if (a->address != b->address)
13424 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13427 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13434 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13440 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13441 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13442 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13444 static struct bp_location *
13445 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13447 struct bp_location head;
13448 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13449 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13450 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13452 if (pspace == NULL)
13463 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13478 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13479 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13480 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13481 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13485 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13486 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13487 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13488 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13490 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13492 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13494 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13496 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13497 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13498 "multiple locations found\n"),
13503 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13504 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13505 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13506 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13507 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13508 individual locations. */
13509 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13512 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13514 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13516 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13518 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13520 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13522 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13524 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13528 s = b->cond_string;
13531 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13532 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13535 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13537 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13538 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13539 b->number, e.message);
13540 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13545 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13547 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13549 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13553 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13556 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13557 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13558 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13559 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13560 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13561 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13562 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13564 for (; e; e = e->next)
13566 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13568 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13569 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13571 for (; l; l = l->next)
13572 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13580 for (; l; l = l->next)
13581 if (l->function_name
13582 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13592 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13593 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13596 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13597 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13599 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13600 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13601 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13603 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
13605 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13607 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13611 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13613 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13615 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13619 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13620 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13621 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13622 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13623 state, then user already saw the message about that
13624 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13626 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13627 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13629 && search_pspace != NULL
13630 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13631 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13632 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13633 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13634 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13636 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13638 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13639 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13640 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13641 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13642 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13643 which approach is better. */
13644 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13645 throw_exception (e);
13650 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13652 for (auto &sal : sals)
13653 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13654 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13656 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13659 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13660 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13662 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13664 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13665 b->thread = thread;
13669 xfree (b->extra_string);
13670 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13672 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13675 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13676 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13686 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13687 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13691 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13693 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13694 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13697 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13698 filter_pspace, &found);
13700 expanded = std::move (sals);
13702 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13704 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13705 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13706 filter_pspace, &found);
13708 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13711 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13714 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13715 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13718 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13719 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13720 enum bptype type_wanted)
13722 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13725 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13726 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13730 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13731 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13732 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13733 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13734 enum bptype type_wanted,
13735 enum bpdisp disposition,
13737 int task, int ignore_count,
13738 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13739 int from_tty, int enabled,
13740 int internal, unsigned flags)
13742 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13743 std::move (cond_string),
13744 std::move (extra_string),
13745 type_wanted, disposition,
13746 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13747 enabled, internal, flags);
13750 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13751 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13753 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13754 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13755 const struct event_location *location,
13756 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13758 struct linespec_result canonical;
13760 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13761 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13762 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13765 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13766 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13768 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13770 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13771 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13776 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13779 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13781 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13782 set_language (b->language);
13784 b->ops->re_set (b);
13787 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13788 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13791 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13793 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13796 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13797 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13798 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13800 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13801 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13802 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13803 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13804 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13805 we select the current frame.
13807 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13808 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13809 have been reset. */
13810 scoped_restore save_language_mode = make_scoped_restore (&language_mode);
13811 language_mode = language_mode_manual;
13813 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13814 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13815 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13816 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13822 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13824 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13826 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13827 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13833 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13836 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13837 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13838 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13839 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13841 /* Now we can insert. */
13842 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
13845 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13847 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13848 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13850 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13852 if (b->thread != -1)
13854 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
13856 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13857 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13858 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13860 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13864 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13865 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13866 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13869 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13871 struct breakpoint *b;
13876 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13877 if (b->number == bptnum)
13879 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13881 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13882 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13887 b->ignore_count = count;
13891 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13892 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13894 else if (count == 1)
13895 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13898 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13899 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13902 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13906 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13909 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13912 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
13914 const char *p = args;
13918 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13920 num = get_number (&p);
13922 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13924 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13926 set_ignore_count (num,
13927 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13930 printf_filtered ("\n");
13934 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13935 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13938 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
13939 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13941 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
13943 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13944 bp_num_range.first);
13948 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
13950 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
13952 bool match = false;
13954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
13955 if (b->number == i)
13962 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
13967 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13971 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
13972 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13974 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13975 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13977 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
13979 while (!parser.finished ())
13981 int num = parser.get_number ();
13982 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
13986 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13987 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13989 static struct bp_location *
13990 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
13992 struct breakpoint *b;
13994 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13995 if (b->number == bp_num)
14000 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14001 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
14004 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14007 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14008 if (++n == loc_num)
14011 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14014 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14015 enum class extract_bp_kind
14017 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14020 /* Extracting a location number. */
14024 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14025 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14026 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14027 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14028 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14031 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
14032 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
14034 const char *end = start;
14035 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
14037 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14038 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14039 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14040 int (end - start), start);
14042 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14043 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14044 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14045 int (end - start), start);
14047 if (end_out != NULL)
14052 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14053 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14054 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14055 are always positive integers. */
14057 static std::pair<int, int>
14058 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
14059 const std::string &arg,
14060 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14062 std::pair<int, int> range;
14063 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14064 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14065 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14067 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14068 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14069 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14070 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14071 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14075 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14076 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14077 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14078 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14080 if (range.first > range.second)
14081 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14082 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14083 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14084 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14088 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14089 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14090 range.second = range.first;
14095 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14096 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14099 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14101 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14102 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14103 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14104 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14105 location number range.
14109 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14110 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14111 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14113 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14115 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14117 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14119 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14120 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14123 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14124 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14126 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14131 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14133 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14134 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14135 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14139 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14140 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14143 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14145 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14148 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14150 loc->enabled = enable;
14151 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14153 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14154 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14155 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14156 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14158 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14160 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (loc->owner);
14163 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14164 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14165 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14166 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14170 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14171 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14174 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14175 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14178 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14179 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14180 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14183 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14185 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14186 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14187 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14188 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14191 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14193 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14194 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14196 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14197 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14199 struct bp_location *location;
14201 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14202 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14205 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14207 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14210 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14211 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14212 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14213 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14216 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14220 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14223 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14226 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14228 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14233 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14235 while (!num.empty ())
14237 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14239 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14241 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14242 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14244 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14245 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14247 ? enable_breakpoint
14248 : disable_breakpoint);
14252 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14254 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14255 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14257 num = extract_arg (&args);
14262 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14263 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14264 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14265 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14268 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14270 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14274 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14277 int target_resources_ok;
14279 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14282 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14283 target_resources_ok =
14284 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14286 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14287 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14288 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14289 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14292 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14294 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14295 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14299 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14301 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14302 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14303 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14305 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14307 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14308 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14315 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14317 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14318 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14320 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14321 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14323 struct bp_location *location;
14325 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14326 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14329 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14330 bpt->enable_count = count;
14331 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14333 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14338 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14340 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14343 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14344 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14345 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14346 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14349 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14351 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14355 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14357 map_breakpoint_numbers
14358 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14360 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14361 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14363 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14369 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14374 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14376 count = get_number (&args);
14378 map_breakpoint_numbers
14379 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14381 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14382 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14384 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14390 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14392 map_breakpoint_numbers
14393 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14395 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14396 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14398 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14404 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14409 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14413 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14414 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14418 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14419 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14420 const bfd_byte *data)
14422 struct breakpoint *bp;
14424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14425 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14426 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14428 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14430 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val != nullptr)
14432 struct bp_location *loc;
14434 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14435 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14436 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14437 && addr + len > loc->address)
14446 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14449 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14450 const address_space *aspace,
14453 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14454 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14455 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14457 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14459 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14460 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14463 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14465 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14466 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14467 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14469 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14472 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14475 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14477 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14478 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14480 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14482 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14484 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14485 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14487 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14488 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14496 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14499 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14500 const address_space *aspace,
14503 struct bp_location *loc;
14505 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14507 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14513 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14517 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14520 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14522 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14524 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14525 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14531 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14533 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14535 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14537 tracepoint_count = num;
14538 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14542 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14544 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14546 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14548 if (location != NULL
14549 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14550 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14552 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14554 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14556 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14558 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14559 0 /* Ignore count */,
14560 pending_break_support,
14564 0 /* internal */, 0);
14568 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14570 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14572 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14574 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14576 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14577 0 /* Ignore count */,
14578 pending_break_support,
14579 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14582 0 /* internal */, 0);
14585 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14588 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14590 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14591 event_location_up location;
14593 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14594 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14595 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14597 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14598 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14602 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14603 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14606 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14608 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14610 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14611 0 /* Ignore count */,
14612 pending_break_support,
14616 0 /* internal */, 0);
14619 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14620 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14622 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14623 static int next_cmd;
14626 read_uploaded_action (void)
14628 char *rslt = nullptr;
14630 if (next_cmd < this_utp->cmd_strings.size ())
14632 rslt = this_utp->cmd_strings[next_cmd].get ();
14639 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14640 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14641 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14642 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14643 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14645 struct tracepoint *
14646 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14648 const char *addr_str;
14649 char small_buf[100];
14650 struct tracepoint *tp;
14652 if (utp->at_string)
14653 addr_str = utp->at_string.get ();
14656 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14657 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14658 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14660 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14661 "source location, using raw address"),
14663 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14664 addr_str = small_buf;
14667 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14668 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14669 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14670 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14673 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14675 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14677 utp->cond_string.get (), -1, addr_str,
14678 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14680 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14681 0 /* Ignore count */,
14682 pending_break_support,
14683 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14685 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14687 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14690 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14691 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14692 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14696 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14699 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14702 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14703 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14704 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14706 if (!utp->cmd_strings.empty ())
14708 counted_command_line cmd_list;
14713 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL);
14715 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14717 else if (!utp->actions.empty ()
14718 || !utp->step_actions.empty ())
14719 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14720 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14723 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14724 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14725 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14730 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14734 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14736 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14739 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14741 if (num_printed == 0)
14743 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14744 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14746 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14749 default_collect_info ();
14752 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14753 Not supported by all targets. */
14755 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14757 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14760 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14761 Not supported by all targets. */
14763 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14765 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14768 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14770 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14772 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14778 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14780 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14781 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14782 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14784 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14785 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14787 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14791 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14793 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14796 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14797 delete_breakpoint (b);
14801 map_breakpoint_numbers
14802 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *br)
14804 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br, delete_breakpoint);
14808 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14811 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14813 tp->pass_count = count;
14814 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (tp);
14816 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14817 tp->number, count);
14820 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14822 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14823 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14824 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14827 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14829 struct tracepoint *t1;
14832 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14833 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14834 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14836 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14838 args = skip_spaces (args);
14839 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14841 struct breakpoint *b;
14843 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14845 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14847 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14849 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14850 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14853 else if (*args == '\0')
14855 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
14857 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14861 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14862 while (!parser.finished ())
14864 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
14866 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14871 struct tracepoint *
14872 get_tracepoint (int num)
14874 struct breakpoint *t;
14876 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14877 if (t->number == num)
14878 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14883 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14884 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14887 struct tracepoint *
14888 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14890 struct breakpoint *b;
14892 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14894 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14896 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14903 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14904 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14905 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14906 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14908 struct tracepoint *
14909 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
14910 number_or_range_parser *parser)
14912 struct breakpoint *t;
14914 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14916 if (parser != NULL)
14918 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
14919 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
14921 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14922 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14924 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14928 if (instring && *instring)
14929 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14932 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14936 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14937 if (t->number == tpnum)
14939 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14942 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
14947 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
14949 if (b->thread != -1)
14950 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
14953 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
14955 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
14958 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14959 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14960 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14964 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
14965 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
14967 struct breakpoint *tp;
14969 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
14971 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
14972 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14974 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14977 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14978 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14981 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14982 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14987 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
14989 extra_trace_bits = 1;
14991 /* We can stop searching. */
14998 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15002 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
15006 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
15007 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15008 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
15010 if (extra_trace_bits)
15011 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
15013 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15015 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15016 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15019 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15020 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15023 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
15025 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15026 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15029 if (tp->cond_string)
15030 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15032 if (tp->ignore_count)
15033 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15035 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15037 fp.puts (" commands\n");
15039 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
15042 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
15044 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15046 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15047 throw_exception (ex);
15051 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15052 fp.puts (" end\n");
15055 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15056 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15058 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15059 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15060 special, and not user visible. */
15061 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15063 struct bp_location *loc;
15066 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15068 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15072 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15073 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15076 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15079 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15082 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15084 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15087 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15090 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15092 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15095 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15097 std::vector<breakpoint *>
15098 all_tracepoints (void)
15100 std::vector<breakpoint *> tp_vec;
15101 struct breakpoint *tp;
15103 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15105 tp_vec.push_back (tp);
15112 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15113 locations used by several commands. */
15115 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15116 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15117 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15118 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15119 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15120 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15122 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15123 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15124 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15126 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15127 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15128 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15129 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15130 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15132 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15133 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15134 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15135 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15136 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15137 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15139 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15140 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15141 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15144 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15145 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15146 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15147 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15148 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15149 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15150 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15153 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15154 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15156 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15157 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15158 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15159 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15160 conditions are different.\n\
15162 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15164 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15165 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15167 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15168 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15171 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15172 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15173 completer_ftype *completer,
15174 void *user_data_catch,
15175 void *user_data_tcatch)
15177 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15179 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15181 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15182 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15183 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15185 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15187 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15188 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15189 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15193 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15195 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15196 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15197 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15200 struct breakpoint *
15201 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15204 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15206 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15208 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15215 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15216 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15219 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15221 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15222 non-inline function. */
15223 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15229 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15230 have been inlined. */
15233 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15234 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15236 struct breakpoint *b;
15237 struct bp_location *bl;
15239 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15241 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15244 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15246 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15247 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15255 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15258 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15260 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15263 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15264 loc->symtab = NULL;
15268 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15270 static int initialized = 0;
15272 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15278 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15279 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15280 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15281 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15282 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15283 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15284 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15285 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15286 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15287 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15288 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15289 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15291 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15292 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15293 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15294 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15295 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15296 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15297 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15298 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15300 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15301 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15302 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15303 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15304 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15305 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15306 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15307 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15308 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15309 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15311 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15312 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15313 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15314 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15315 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15316 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15317 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15319 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15320 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15321 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15322 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15323 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15324 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15325 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15327 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15328 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15329 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15330 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15331 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15332 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15333 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15336 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15337 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15338 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15339 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15340 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15341 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15342 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15343 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15344 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15345 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15346 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15347 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15348 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15350 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15351 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15352 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15353 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15354 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15355 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15356 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15357 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15358 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15359 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15360 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15363 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15364 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15365 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15366 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15367 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15368 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15369 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15370 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15371 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15372 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15374 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15375 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15376 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15377 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15378 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15380 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15381 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15382 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15383 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15384 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15385 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15387 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15388 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15389 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15390 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15391 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15392 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15393 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15394 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15395 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15396 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15398 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15399 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15400 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15401 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15402 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15403 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15404 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15405 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15406 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15407 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15409 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15410 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15411 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15412 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15413 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15414 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15415 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15416 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15417 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15418 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15420 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15421 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15422 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15423 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15424 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15425 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15426 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15427 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15428 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15429 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15430 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15432 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15433 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15434 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15435 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15436 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15437 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15438 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15439 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15440 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15443 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15445 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15447 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15449 cmd_list_element *commands_cmd_element = nullptr;
15452 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15454 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15456 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15458 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15459 gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15460 gdb::observers::memory_changed.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15462 breakpoint_objfile_key
15463 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_objfile_data);
15465 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15466 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15467 before a breakpoint is set. */
15468 breakpoint_count = 0;
15470 tracepoint_count = 0;
15472 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15473 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15474 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15476 commands_cmd_element = add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint,
15477 commands_command, _("\
15478 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15479 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15480 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15482 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15483 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15484 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15485 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15486 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15488 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15489 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15490 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15491 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15492 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15494 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15495 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15496 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15497 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15498 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15500 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15501 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15503 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15504 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15505 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15506 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15508 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15509 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15511 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15512 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15513 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15514 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15516 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15517 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15519 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15520 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15521 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15522 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15523 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15524 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15525 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15527 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15529 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15530 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15531 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15532 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15533 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15534 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15536 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15537 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15538 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15541 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15542 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15543 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15546 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15547 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15548 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15549 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15552 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15553 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15554 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15557 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15558 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15559 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15562 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15563 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15564 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15565 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15568 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15569 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15570 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15571 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15572 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15573 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15574 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15575 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15577 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15578 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15579 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15580 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15581 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15582 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15585 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15586 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15587 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15588 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15590 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15591 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15592 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15593 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15594 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15596 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15597 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15598 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15599 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15600 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15603 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15604 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15605 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15607 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15608 is executing in.\n"
15609 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15610 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15611 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15613 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15614 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15615 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15616 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15618 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15619 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15620 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15621 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15625 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15626 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15627 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15628 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15629 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15630 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15631 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15632 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15633 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15634 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15635 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15636 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15637 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15638 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15639 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15640 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15642 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15643 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15644 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15645 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15646 breakpoint set."));
15649 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15650 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15651 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15652 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15653 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15654 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15655 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15656 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15657 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15659 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15660 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15661 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15662 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15663 breakpoint set."));
15665 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15667 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15668 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15669 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15670 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15671 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15672 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15673 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15674 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15675 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15676 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15677 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15678 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15679 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15681 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15682 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15683 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15684 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15686 &maintenanceinfolist);
15688 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15689 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15690 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15691 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15693 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15694 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15695 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15696 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15698 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15699 catch_fork_command_1,
15701 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15702 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15703 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15704 catch_fork_command_1,
15706 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15707 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15708 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15709 catch_exec_command_1,
15713 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15714 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15715 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15716 catch_load_command_1,
15720 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15721 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15722 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15723 catch_unload_command_1,
15728 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15729 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15730 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15731 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15732 an expression changes.\n\
15733 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15734 the memory to which it refers."));
15735 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15737 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15738 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15739 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15740 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15741 an expression is read.\n\
15742 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15743 the memory to which it refers."));
15744 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15746 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15747 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15748 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15749 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15750 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15751 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15752 the memory to which it refers."));
15753 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15755 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15756 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15758 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15759 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15760 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15761 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15762 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15763 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15764 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15765 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15766 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15769 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15770 &setlist, &showlist);
15772 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15774 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15776 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15777 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15779 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15780 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15781 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15783 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15784 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15785 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15786 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15788 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15789 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15791 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15792 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15793 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15795 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15796 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15798 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15799 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15800 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15801 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15802 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15803 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15804 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15805 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15806 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15808 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15809 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15810 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15811 conditions are different.\n\
15813 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15814 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15815 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15817 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15818 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15819 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15820 last tracepoint set."));
15822 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15824 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15825 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15826 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15827 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15829 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15831 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15832 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15833 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15834 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15836 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15838 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15839 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15840 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15841 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15843 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15845 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15846 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15847 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15848 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15849 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15851 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15852 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15853 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15854 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15856 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15857 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15858 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15859 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15860 session to restore them."),
15862 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15864 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15865 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15866 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15868 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15870 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15871 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15873 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15874 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15875 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15876 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15877 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15878 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15879 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15880 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15881 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15882 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15883 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15884 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15886 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15887 &pending_break_support, _("\
15888 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15889 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15890 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15891 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15892 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15893 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15895 show_pending_break_support,
15896 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15897 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15899 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15901 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15902 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15903 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15904 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15905 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15906 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15907 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15909 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15910 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15911 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15913 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15914 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15915 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15916 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15917 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15918 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15919 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15920 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15921 when execution stops."),
15923 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15924 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15925 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15927 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15928 condition_evaluation_enums,
15929 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
15930 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15931 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15932 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15933 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15934 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15935 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15936 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15937 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15938 be set to \"gdb\""),
15939 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
15940 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
15941 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15942 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15944 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
15945 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15946 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15947 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15948 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15949 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15950 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15951 or the start of the range\n\
15952 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15953 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15954 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15956 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15957 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15958 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15960 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
15961 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15962 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15963 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15964 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
15965 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15967 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
15968 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
15969 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15970 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15971 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15972 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15973 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15974 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15975 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15976 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15977 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15978 &setlist, &showlist);
15980 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
15981 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
15982 &dprintf_function, _("\
15983 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15984 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
15985 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15986 &setlist, &showlist);
15988 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
15989 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
15990 &dprintf_channel, _("\
15991 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15992 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
15993 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15994 &setlist, &showlist);
15996 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
15997 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
15998 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15999 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16000 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16001 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16004 &setlist, &showlist);
16006 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16007 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16008 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16010 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16012 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16013 gdb::observers::thread_exit.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints);